summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--38228-8.txt2299
-rw-r--r--38228-8.zipbin0 -> 41546 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h.zipbin0 -> 1151226 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/38228-h.htm3394
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 108949 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus002.jpgbin0 -> 131254 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus003.jpgbin0 -> 50717 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus025.jpgbin0 -> 105340 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus045.jpgbin0 -> 97071 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus057.jpgbin0 -> 93848 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus083.jpgbin0 -> 120633 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus093.jpgbin0 -> 71629 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus105.jpgbin0 -> 80193 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus115.jpgbin0 -> 114249 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228-h/images/illus125.jpgbin0 -> 131074 bytes
-rw-r--r--38228.txt2299
-rw-r--r--38228.zipbin0 -> 41527 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
20 files changed, 8008 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/38228-8.txt b/38228-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b387015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2299 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Captain June
+
+Author: Alice Hegan Rice
+
+Illustrator: C. D. Weldon
+
+Release Date: December 6, 2011 [EBook #38228]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: "All day long the boys played down by the river."]
+
+
+
+
+ Captain June
+
+ By
+
+ Alice Hegan Rice
+
+ Author of "Mrs. Wiggs of the Cabbage Patch,"
+ "Lovey Mary," Etc.
+
+ With Pictures by C. D. Weldon
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ New York
+ The Century Co.
+ 1907
+
+
+
+
+ Copyright 1906, 1907,
+ by THE CENTURY CO.
+
+ _Published October, 1907_
+
+
+ THE DE VINNE PRESS
+
+
+
+
+ TO THE LITTLE BOY I LOVE BEST
+ FRANCIS BARBOUR HEGAN
+
+
+
+
+ LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+ "All day long the boys played down by the river" _Frontispiece_
+
+ The Tea-party on the Train 17
+
+ "'Do you want me to help you?'" 37
+
+ "'It's a Matsuri--a festival,' Seki explained" 49
+
+ "'Does it spell anything?' June asked" 75
+
+ "They peeped through the cracks, gravely discussing the
+ situation" 85
+
+ "It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur had given him" 97
+
+ "Long after he was asleep she sat beside him" 107
+
+ "June waved good-by to the friends below" 117
+
+
+
+
+ CAPTAIN JUNE
+
+
+
+
+ CAPTAIN JUNE
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+
+JUNE had never sat still so long during the whole six years of his
+existence. His slender body usually so restless and noisy was
+motionless; his hands too fond of teasing and mischief lay limp in his
+lap, even his tongue was still and that was the most wonderful of all.
+The only part of him that stirred was a sparkling pair of gray eyes that
+were looking out upon the strangest world they had ever seen.
+
+The entire day had been one of enchantment, from the first waking hour
+when he discovered that the engines on the big steamer where he had
+lived for seventeen days had stopped, and that the boat was actually
+lying at anchor just off the coast of Japan. Seki San, his Japanese
+nurse who had cared for him ever since he was a baby, had been so eager
+to look out of the port-hole that she could scarcely attend to her
+duties, and the consequence was that he had to stand on the sofa and
+hook his mother's dress and help her with the little pins at the back of
+the neck while Seki San finished the packing. June could not dress
+himself but he knew a great deal about hooks and eyes and belt pins.
+When mother got in a hurry she lost things, and experience had taught
+him that it was much easier to fasten the pin where it belonged than to
+spend fifteen minutes on the floor looking for it.
+
+At last when all the bags and trunks were ready, and the pilot and the
+health officer had come aboard, and everybody had waited until they
+could not wait another moment, the passengers were brought ashore in a
+wheezy, puffy launch, and were whirled up to the hotel in queer little
+buggies drawn by small brown men with bare legs and mushroom hats, and
+great sprawling signs on their backs.
+
+Since then June had sat at a front window too engrossed to speak. Just
+below him lay the Bund or sea-road, with the wall beyond where the white
+waves broke in a merry splash and then fell back to the blue water
+below. Out in the harbor there were big black merchant steamers, and
+white men-of-war, there were fishing schooners, and sampans with wobbly,
+crooked oars. But the street below was too fascinating to see much
+beyond it. Jinrikishas were coming and going with passengers from the
+steamers and the coolies laughed and shouted to each other in passing.
+Women and girls clattered by on wooden shoes with funny bald-headed,
+slant-eyed babies strapped on their backs. On the hotel steps, a little
+girl in a huge red turban and a gorgeous dress of purple and gold was
+doing handsprings, while two boys in fancy dress sang through their
+noses and held out fans to catch the pennies that were tossed from the
+piazza above.
+
+If Cinderella, and Jack the Giant Killer, and Aladdin and Ali Baba had
+suddenly appeared, June would not have been in the least surprised. It
+was where they all lived, there could be no possible doubt as to that.
+Here was the biggest picture book he had ever seen, the coming true of
+all the fairy-tales he had ever heard.
+
+He was dimly conscious that in the room behind him Seki San was
+unpacking trunks and boxes, and that his mother was coming and going and
+leaving hurried instructions. Once he heard her say, "Don't say anything
+to him about it, Seki, I'll tell him when he has to be told." But just
+then a man went by with a long pole across his shoulder and round
+baskets on each end, and in the baskets were little shining silver
+fishes, and June forgot all about what his mother was saying.
+
+June's father was a young army officer stationed in the Philippines.
+June was born there but when still a baby he had been desperately ill
+and the doctor had sent him back to the States and said he must not
+return for many years. It was a great grief to them all that they had to
+be separated, but Capt. Royston had gotten two leaves of absence and
+come home to them, and now this summer June and his mother had come all
+the way from California to meet him in Japan.
+
+June was not his real name. It was Robert Rogers Royston, Junior, but
+mother said there never could be but one Robert for her, and father did
+not like the Rogers for a Christian name, so they called him Junior, and
+Junior soon got bobbed off into June. The name suited him too, for a
+sunshinier little chap you never saw. He never seemed to know that he
+was not as strong as other boys, and when his throat was very bad and
+his voice would not come, why he sat up in bed and whistled, just the
+keenest, cheeriest, healthiest whistle you ever heard.
+
+It was on the indoor days that Seki San used to tell him about her
+wonderful country across the sea, of the little brown houses with the
+flower gardens on the roofs, of the constant clatter, clatter of the
+wooden shoes, and the beautiful blossoms that rained down on you like
+snow.
+
+"Where are the blossoms?" he demanded, suddenly turning in his chair.
+"You said they came down thick and white and that I could let them fall
+over my face."
+
+Seki San did not answer, she was kneeling beside a very disconsolate
+figure that lay on the bed with face buried in the pillows. When June
+spoke, his mother sat up and pushed back her tumbled hair. She was a
+very little mother with round eyes and lips as red as June's, only now
+her eyes were red and her lips trembling.
+
+"You may go in the other room, Seki San," she said, "I want to talk to
+June by himself."
+
+June sidled up cautiously and took a seat near her on the bed. The one
+unbearable catastrophe to him was for his mother to cry. It was like an
+earthquake, it shook the very foundations on which all his joys were
+built. Sometimes when the postman forgot to leave a letter, and
+occasionally when he was sick longer than usual, mother cried. But those
+were dark, dreadful times that he tried not to think about. Why the
+tears should come on this day of all days he could not understand.
+
+She put her arm around him and held him close for a long time before she
+spoke. He could feel the thump, thump of her heart as he leaned against
+her.
+
+"June," she said at last, "you are going to be a soldier like father,
+aren't you?"
+
+June's eyes brightened. "Yes, and carry a sword!" he said.
+
+"There is something more than a sword that a soldier has to have."
+
+"A gun?"
+
+Mother shook her head. "It's courage, June! It's something I haven't got
+a scrap of. You'll have to be brave for us both!"
+
+"I'm not afraid," declared June. "I go to bed in the dark and go places
+by myself or anything."
+
+"I don't mean that way," said his mother. "I mean doing hard things just
+because they are right, staying behind for instance when--when somebody
+you love very much has to go away and leave you."
+
+June sat up and looked at her. "Who's going away?" he demanded.
+
+Mother's voice faltered. "Father's terribly ill with a fever, June. The
+letter was waiting here, it is from our old doctor in Manila, he says,
+'Come on first steamer, but don't bring the boy.'" The earth seemed
+suddenly to be slipping from under June's feet, he clutched at his
+mother's hand. "I am going too!" he cried in quick alarm, "I won't stay
+behind, I can't, mother!"
+
+Her arm tightened about him. "But I don't dare take you, June, think of
+the terrible heat and the fever, and you are the only little boy I've
+got in the world, and I love you so!"
+
+"I won't take the fever," protested June. "I'll be good. I'll mind every
+word Seki says."
+
+"But Seki isn't going. She wants to take you home with her down to a
+little town on the Inland Sea, where there are all sorts of wonderful
+things to do. Would you stay with her, June, while I go to father?"
+
+Her voice pleaded with eagerness and anxiety, but June did not heed it.
+Slipping from her arms, he threw himself on the floor and burst into a
+passion of tears. All the joys of the enchanted country had vanished,
+nothing seemed to count except that mother was thinking of leaving him
+in this strange land and sailing away from him across the sea.
+
+"Don't cry so, June, listen," pleaded his mother. "I have not decided, I
+am trying to do what is best."
+
+But June refused to be consoled. Over and over he declared that he would
+not stay, that he would rather have the fever, and die than to be left
+behind.
+
+By and by the room grew still, his mother no longer tried to pacify him,
+only the ticking of the little traveling clock on the table broke the
+stillness. He peeped through his fingers at the silent figure in the
+chair above him. He had never seen her look so white and tired, all the
+pretty smiles and dimples seemed gone forever, her eyes were closed and
+her lips were tightly drawn together. June crept close and slipped his
+hand into hers. In an instant her arms were about him.
+
+"I don't know what to do, nor where to turn," she sobbed. "I am afraid
+to take you and afraid to leave you. What must I do?"
+
+June was sure he did not know but when mothers are little and helpless
+and look at you as if you were grown up, you have to think of a way. He
+was standing beside her with his arm around her neck, and he could feel
+her trembling all over. Father often said in his letters, "Be sure to
+take care of that little Mother of yours," but it had always seemed a
+joke until now. He sighed, then he straightened his shoulders:
+
+"I'll stay, Mudderly," he said, then he added with a swallow, "Maybe it
+will help me to be a soldier when I get big!"
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+
+"SEKI SAN, look at the old woman with black teeth! What made them black?
+What have the little girls got flowers in their hair for? What are they
+ringing the bell for?"
+
+Seki San sitting on her heels at the car window tried to answer all
+June's questions at once. The sad parting was over. Mrs. Royston had
+left in the night on the steamer they had crossed in, and the Captain
+and the Purser and all the passengers were going to take care of her
+until she got to Hong Kong, and after that it was only a short way to
+Manila, and once she was with Father, June felt that his responsibility
+ceased.
+
+When they first boarded the train, June had sat very quiet. If you wink
+fast and swallow all the time, you can keep the tears back, but it does
+not make you feel any better inside.
+
+"If God has got to take somebody," June said at length gloomily, "I
+think He might take one of my grandmothers. I have got four but one of
+them is an old maid."
+
+"Oh no," said Seki, "she isn't."
+
+"She _is_," persisted June, "she keeps every thing put away in little
+boxes and won't let me play with them. Seki, do you guess God would jes'
+as lieve for me to have a horn as a harp when I go to Heaven? I want a
+presser horn like they have in the band."
+
+"But you will not go for many long times!" cried Seki, catching his hand
+as if he were about to slip away. "Look out of the window. See! They are
+giving the cow a bath!"
+
+In a field nearby an old man and woman were scrubbing a patient-looking
+cow, and when the creature pulled its head away and cried because it did
+not want to get its face washed, June laughed with glee. After all, one
+could not be unhappy very long when every minute something funny or
+interesting was happening. At every station a crowd of curious faces
+gathered about the car window eager to catch a glimpse of the little
+foreign boy, and June, always ready to make friends, smiled at them and
+bobbed his head, which made the boys and girls look at each other and
+laugh.
+
+"We bow with our whole self, so," Seki explained, putting her hands on
+her knees and bending her body very low, "and we never shake with the
+hands nor kiss together!"
+
+"Don't the mothers ever kiss the children good-night?" asked June
+incredulously.
+
+"Oh! no," said Seki, "we bow."
+
+While June was thinking about this strange state of affairs, a man came
+close under the window, carrying a tray and calling: "_Bento! Eo
+Bento!_"
+
+Seki San took some money from a little purse which she carried in her
+long sleeve, and handing it out to the man, received two square wooden
+boxes and a fat little tea-pot with a cup over its head like a cap.
+
+[Illustration: The Tea-Party on the train.]
+
+"Are we going to have a tea-party?" asked June, scrambling down from his
+perch.
+
+"So," said Seki San, reaching under the seat and pulling out a tiny
+chest, in which were other cups and saucers and a jar of tea leaves, "we
+will have very nice tea-parties and you shall make the tea."
+
+June, following instructions, put some of the tea in the small pot and
+poured the hot water over it, then he helped Seki San spread two paper
+napkins on the seat between them.
+
+"Now," he said, "where's the party?"
+
+Seki San handed him one of the boxes and began to untie the string of
+the other.
+
+"I have some sticks tied on to mine!" cried June, "two big ones and a
+tiny little one wrapped up in paper."
+
+"That is your knife and fork and pick-tooth," said Seki San. "You must
+hold the sticks in one hand like this."
+
+But June was too busy exploring the contents of the two trays that
+formed his box to stop to take a lesson in the use of chop-sticks. The
+lower tray was full of smooth white rice. In the top one, was a bit of
+omelet and some fish, and a queer-looking something that puzzled June.
+
+"What is it?" he asked.
+
+"Guess it!" said Seki mysteriously, "guess it with your nose."
+
+"It's pickle!" cried June.
+
+"Pickled sea-weed," said Seki, "and I have also brought you some
+Japanese candy that you pour out of a bottle."
+
+There was no bread, no butter, no knife nor fork nor spoon, but June
+thought it was the very nicest tea-party he had ever been to. Sitting
+with his stocking feet curled up under him as Seki had hers, he
+clattered his chop-sticks and spilt the rice all over the seat, while
+they both grew weak with laughter over his efforts to feed himself.
+
+"Don't you wish you were a little boy, Seki San?" he asked when most of
+the lunch had disappeared.
+
+"Why?" said Seki.
+
+"'Cause," said June, "you'd have such a good time playing with me all
+the time!"
+
+"But no," said Seki seriously, "I must be big womans to take care of
+you."
+
+"And tell me stories!" added June with policy: "tell me 'bout Tomi
+now."
+
+"Tomi?" said Seki San, smiling. "You going see Tomi very soon,
+to-morrow, perhaps to-night. Tomi very bad little dog, makes a cross
+bark at all big peoples, but loves little children. When Tomi very
+little his nose stick out, so--Japanese think it very ugly for little
+pug-dog's nose to stick out, so we push it in easy every day. Now Tomi
+has nice flat nose, but he sneeze all the time so--kerchoo, kerchoo,
+kerchoo."
+
+June laughed at the familiar story, but suddenly he sobered:
+
+"Say, Seki, I don't think it was very nice to push his nose in; I
+wouldn't like to have my nose pushed in so I would have to sneeze all
+the rest of my life."
+
+"Ah! but he must be beautiful! Tomi would not be happy if his nose stuck
+out when other pug-doggies had nice flat nose. Tomi is very happy, he is
+grateful."
+
+It was quite dark when they reached their destination; June had been
+asleep and when he slipped out on the platform he could not remember at
+all where he was; Seki's mother and her sisters and brothers besides all
+the relatives far and near had come to welcome her back from America,
+and quite a little crowd closed in about her, bowing and bowing and
+chattering away in Japanese.
+
+June stood, rather forlornly, to one side. This time last night Mother
+had been with him, he could speak to her and touch her, and now--it was
+a big, strange world he found himself in, and even Seki seemed his Seki
+no longer.
+
+Suddenly he felt something rub against his leg, and then he heard a
+queer sound that somehow sounded familiar. Stooping down he discovered a
+flat-nosed little pug that was kissing his hand just as if it had been
+brought up in America.
+
+"It's Tomi," cried June in delight, and the pug, recognizing his name,
+capered more madly still, only stopping long enough to sneeze between
+the jumps.
+
+Ten minutes later June was sitting beside Seki San in a broad
+jinrikisha, rushing through the soft night air, down long gay streets
+full of light and color and laughter, round sharp corners, up steep
+hills, over bridges where he could look down and see another world of
+paper lanterns and torches, and always the twinkling legs and the big
+round hat of the jinrikisha man bobbing steadily along before him.
+
+"Is it like a story-book all the time?" he asked.
+
+Seki San laughed: "Oh, no, June, story-book land is back in America,
+where the grown-up houses are, and the rich, fine furnitures, and the
+strange ways. This is just home, my very dear home, and I have such glad
+feelings to be here!"
+
+June cuddled close and held her hand, and if he felt a wee bit wistful,
+and wiped his eyes once in a while on her sleeve, he did it very
+carefully, so that Seki would have nothing to spoil the glad feeling in
+her heart at being home again.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+
+THE new life which opened up for June was brimming over with interest.
+Seki San lived in a regular toy house, which was like a lot of little
+boxes fitted into one big one. One whole side was open to the garden and
+a tiny railed balcony ran around outside the rooms. The walls were made
+of white paper, and when the sun shone all sorts of pretty shadows
+danced on them, and when it rained everybody ran about to put up the
+wooden screens, and fasten the house up snug and tight until the shower
+was over. A flight of low steps cut in the rock led down to a bamboo
+wicker, and here green lizards sunned themselves all day and blinked in
+friendly fashion at the passer-by.
+
+The night June arrived he had looked about blankly and said:
+
+"But Seki, there isn't any furniture in your house; haven't you got any
+bed, or chairs or table?"
+
+And Seki had laughed and told the others and everybody laughed until
+June thought he had been impolite.
+
+"I like it," he hastened to add, "it's the nicest house I ever was in,
+'cause, don't you see, there isn't anything to break."
+
+It was quite wonderful to see how easily one can get along without
+furniture. After one has sat on his heels, and slept on the floor and
+eaten off a tiny table no bigger than a footstool, it seems the most
+sensible thing in the world. June did hang up one picture and that was a
+photograph of his mother. She had left him two, but one was taken with
+her hat on.
+
+"I don't like for her always to look as if she was going away!" he said
+to Seki San when she wanted to put them both up.
+
+The life, interesting as it was, might have proven lonely, had it not
+been for Seki's younger brother, Toro, who was two years older than
+June. Although neither could understand a word the other said, yet a
+very great friendship had sprung up between them. "We understand just
+like dogs," June explained to Seki San.
+
+All day long the two boys played down by the river bank, paddling about
+in the shallow shimmering water, building boats and putting them out to
+sea, sailing their kites from the hill top, or best of all, sitting long
+hours on the parade grounds watching the drilling of the soldiers.
+
+Sometimes when they were very good, Seki San would get permission for
+them to play in the daimyo's garden and those days were red-letter days
+for June. The garden was very old and very sacred to the Japanese, for
+in long years past it had belonged to an old feudal lord, and now it was
+the property of the Emperor.
+
+From the first June had cherished a secret belief that somewhere in its
+leafy bowers he would come across the Sleeping Beauty. It was all so old
+and so still that even the breezes whispered as they softly stirred the
+tree-tops. In the very heart of the garden a little blue lake smiled up
+at the sky above, and all about its edges tall flags of blue and gold
+threw their bright reflections in the water below. A high-arched bridge
+all gray with moss, led from one tiny island to another, while along the
+shore old stone lanterns, very stiff and stern, stood sentinel over the
+quiet of the place. Here and there a tempting little path led back into
+mysterious deeps of green, and June followed each one with the half
+expectancy of finding the cobwebby old place, and the vine-grown steps,
+and the Sleeping Beauty within.
+
+One day when they were there, Toro became absorbed in a little house he
+was building for the old stork who stood hour after hour under the cool
+shadow of the arching bridge. June, getting tired of the work, wandered
+off alone, and as he went deeper into the tangle of green, he thought
+more and more of the Sleeping Beauty.
+
+It was cool and mysterious under the close hanging boughs, and the
+sunshine fell in white patches on the head of an old stone Buddha, whose
+nose was chipped off, and whose forefinger was raised in a perpetual
+admonition to all little boys to be good. Just ahead a low flight of
+stairs led up to a dark recess where a shrine was half concealed by a
+tangle of vines and underbrush. June cautiously mounted the steps; he
+was making believe that he was the prince in the fairy-tale, and that
+when he should push through the barrier of brier roses he would find the
+Sleeping Beauty within the shrine.
+
+As he reached the top step, a sound made him pause and catch his breath.
+It was not the ripple of the falling water that danced past him down the
+hillside, it was not the murmur of the wind in the bamboos overhead; it
+was the deep regular breathing very close to him of some one asleep. For
+a moment June wanted to run away, but then he remembered the golden hair
+and blue eyes of the princess and with heart beating very fast, he
+pushed through the underbrush and stumbled over some one lying in the
+grass.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+
+BUT when June picked himself up and turned about, he found a very
+curious looking man sitting up glaring at him. He had a long pointed
+nose, and fierce little eyes that glowed like red hot cinders, and a
+drooping white mustache so long that it almost touched the lapels of his
+shabby French uniform.
+
+"What do you mean by falling over me like that?" he demanded
+indignantly.
+
+"I--I--thought you was somebody else," June faltered lamely.
+
+The man glared more fiercely than ever: "You were looking for some one!
+You were sent here to watch someone! Who did you think I was? Answer me
+this moment."
+
+He had caught June by the arm and was glaring at him so savagely that
+June blurted out in terror.
+
+"I thought you was the Sleeping Beauty."
+
+For a moment, suspicion lingered in the man's face, then his eyes went
+to and his mouth went open, and he laughed until June thought he would
+never get the wrinkles smoothed out of his face again.
+
+"The Sleeping Beauty, eh?" he said. "Well, whom do you think I am now?"
+
+June smiled in embarrassment. "I know who you look like," he said, half
+doubtfully.
+
+"Who?"
+
+"The White Knight," said June.
+
+"Who is he?"
+
+"In 'Alice in Wonderland,'" explained June. Then when he saw the man's
+look of perplexity, he added incredulously, "Didn't you _never_ hear of
+'Alice in Wonderland'?"
+
+The man shook his head.
+
+June was astounded; he didn't know that such ignorance existed in the
+world.
+
+"Didn't you never go to school?" he asked sympathetically.
+
+"Oh yes, a little," said the man, with a funny smile, "but tell me about
+this White Knight."
+
+June sat down quite close to him and began confidentially:
+
+"He was the one that met Alice in the wood. Don't you remember just
+before she was going to be queen? He kept falling off his horse first on
+one side and then on the other, and he would have to climb up again by
+the mouse traps."
+
+"The mouse traps, on horse-back?"
+
+"Yes, the Knight was afraid the mice _might_ come and he didn't want
+them to run over him. Besides he invented the mouse traps and course,
+you know, somebody had to use them."
+
+"Of course," said the man taking June's hand and looking at it as a
+person looks at something that he has not seen for a very long time.
+
+"He invented lots of things," went on June earnestly, "bracelets for the
+horse's feet to keep off shark-bites, and something else to keep your
+hair from falling out."
+
+"Eh! what's that?" said his companion rubbing his hand over his own bald
+head.
+
+June's eyes twinkled. "You ought to train it up on a stick," he said,
+"like a vine. That was what the White Knight said, that hair fell off
+because it hung down. It couldn't fall up, could it?"
+
+At this they both had a great laugh and the man said:
+
+"So I am the White Knight, am I?"
+
+"Just your mustache," said June; "it was when you was mad that you
+looked like him most. You're lots gooder looking than the picture.
+What's your real name?"
+
+"Monsieur Garnier,--no, Carré," he corrected himself quickly. "What is
+your name?"
+
+"June," then he added formally, "Robert Rogers Royston, Junior's the
+rest of it."
+
+"How did you come here?" asked Monsieur.
+
+June told him at length; it was delightful to find some one beside Seki
+San who understood English, and it was good fun to be telling all about
+himself just as if he were some other little boy.
+
+"So your father is a soldier!" said Monsieur, and June noticed that a
+curious wild look came into his eyes and that his fingers, which had
+knots on them, plucked excitedly at his collar. "Ah! yes, I, too, was a
+soldier, a soldier of France, one time attaché of the French Legation,
+at Tokyo, later civil engineer in the employ of the Japanese Government,
+now----!" he shrugged his shoulders and his nostrils quivered with
+anger. "Now a cast-off garment, a thing useless, undesired." He tried to
+rise and June saw that he used crutches and that it was very difficult
+for him to walk.
+
+"Do you want me to help you?" he asked.
+
+[Illustration: "'Do you want me to help you?'"]
+
+The man waved him aside. His eyes had changed into red hot cinders
+again, and he seemed to have forgotten that June was there. "I ask help
+from nobody," he muttered fiercely, "I live my own life. The beggarly
+Japanese I would never accept from, and my own country does not see fit
+to help me." His chest heaved with wrath, and he twisted his mustache
+indignantly.
+
+"Why don't you go home?" asked June.
+
+Monsieur turned on him fiercely: "Go home? Mon Dieu, do you suppose
+there is a waking hour that I am not thinking, longing, praying to be
+back in France? Do you suppose I have left any stone unturned? Any plan
+unmade that might take me away from this hateful place? It has been
+fourteen, fifteen years since I came away. It was a Japanese that had me
+dismissed from the service; he bore tales to the minister, he told what
+was not true. Oh, then I had honor, I was too proud to explain, but
+now!" he lifted a pair of crippled hands to Heaven, and shook them
+violently at the trees above, "now I know that honor does not pay, it is
+not worth while. I will give anything to get back to France!"
+
+June sat still and watched him. He had never seen anyone behave so
+queerly, and he was very much mixed up as to what it was all about.
+
+"I guess I have to go now," he said, "Toro's waiting."
+
+Monsieur's eyes flashed suspiciously. "Who's waiting?" he asked.
+
+"Toro, he is Seki's brother, he knows how to build awful nice houses and
+blockades too."
+
+"Blockades?" repeated Monsieur, "what kind of blockades?"
+
+"Like the soldiers make, we watch them all the time; come on, I will
+show you."
+
+The two made their way down the steps slowly, for Monsieur could go only
+a little way at a time. Toro looked mildly surprised when June came back
+with a companion, but he did not give a second glance at Monsieur, who
+was evidently a familiar figure about the town.
+
+For a long time the two children played in the sand, and Monsieur sat
+beside them and acted as interpreter, speaking first to one in Japanese,
+and then to the other in English, giving directions and suggestions and
+proving a first-rate play-fellow.
+
+"Why, you know a lot about forts and mines and blockades and things,
+don't you?" asked June.
+
+Monsieur looked absently across the lake. "Alas!" he said grimly, half
+to himself, "I know too much for their good and for mine."
+
+When the temple bell from the hillside boomed the supper hour, the boys
+gathered up their things and started home.
+
+"Good-by," said June to Monsieur, "I hope you'll come back and play with
+us another day."
+
+Monsieur bowed very politely, but he did not answer, his half-closed
+eyes still rested on the little forts that the boys had been making in
+the sand, and his thoughts seemed to be far away.
+
+When June reached the street, he turned to wave a good-by, but Monsieur
+was hobbling down the hill, his figure, in spite of the crutches,
+looking very straight and stiff against the evening sky.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+
+IT was a long time before June saw Monsieur again, for there were
+picnics up the river, with lunches cooked on the bank, there were jolly
+little excursions in sampans, and trips to the tea-houses, and flower
+shows, and an endless round of good times. Seki San kept June out of
+doors all day, and watched with glee the color return to his cheeks, and
+the angles of his slender body turn into soft curves.
+
+At night, she and June and Toro, with Tomi frisking and sneezing at
+their heels, would join the happy, chattering crowd that thronged the
+streets, and would make their way to the flower market where tall
+flaming torches lit up the long stalls of flowers, and where merchants
+squatting on their heels spread their wares on the ground before
+them,--curious toys, old swords, and tea-pots with ridiculous long
+noses. And in front of every door was a great shining paper lantern with
+queer signs painted on it, and other gay lanterns of all shapes and
+sizes and colors went dancing and bobbing up and down the streets like a
+host of giant fireflies.
+
+It was no wonder that June hated to go to bed when so much was happening
+outside. Only the promise of a story moved him when Seki gave the final
+word. But for the sake of a story he would have gone to the moon, I
+believe, and stayed there too.
+
+When at last he was bathed and cuddled down in his nest on the floor
+with a huge kimono--four times as big as the ones Seki wore--spread over
+him, Seki would sit on her heels beside him, sewing with an endless
+thread, which she only cut off from the reel when the seam was finished.
+And June would watch her pretty, plump little hands, and the shadows of
+her moving fingers as he listened to queer tales of the sea-gods and
+their palace under the waves. Sometimes she would tell of the old
+samurai and their dark deeds of revenge, of attacks on castles, and
+fights in the moats, and the imaginary clashing of swords and shouts of
+men would get so real to June that he would say:
+
+"I don't want any more scareful ones to-night. Please tell me about the
+little mosquito boy."
+
+Then Seki would begin: "Very long times ago, lived very good little boy,
+who never want to do anything but reverence his mother and his father,
+and his grandfathers and grandmothers. All times he think it over to
+himself how he can serve his parents. One night the wind blow up from
+the south and bring a thousand hundred _ka_, mosquito you call him, and
+they bite very much. So good little boy takes off all his clothes and
+lies at the door of his house so mosquitoes bite him and get so full of
+boy that they have not room more for father and mother." At which point
+June would never fail to laugh with delight, and Seki would look hurt
+and puzzled and say, "Not funny, June, very fine, kind, and noble of
+good little boy."
+
+After Seki had put out the light and joined the rest of the family in
+the garden, June would lie very still and the thoughts that had been
+crowded down in the bottom of his heart all day would come creeping up
+and whisper to him. "Mother is a long way off; suppose she has gotten
+lost and never comes back again. Perhaps I haven't got a father any
+more, maybe the soldiers have put him in the ground as they did Teddy's
+papa. Suppose I have to live here always and grow up to be a Japanese
+man, and never see the ranch in California nor my pony any more?" And a
+big sob would rise in his throat and he was glad of the dark, for the
+tears would come no matter how hard he tried to keep them back. But he
+never called Seki, nor let any one know. Sometimes he got up and got his
+little gun and took it back to bed with him; it was so much easier to be
+a soldier if you had a gun in your hand.
+
+But one morning when he awoke, two delightful things happened. First he
+saw up in the air, apparently swimming about over the house-tops, an
+enormous red fish as large as he was, and when he ran to the door there
+were others as far as he could see waving and floating about tall poles
+that were placed outside nearly every house.
+
+Without waiting to be dressed he rushed into the garden to ask Seki San
+what it all meant. When she saw him, she dropped the letter she was
+reading and came toward him as fast as her little pigeon toes would
+carry her.
+
+"It's from your mother," she cried, her face beaming with joy. "She did
+never get losted at all. She is with your father now, and he will have
+the strength again, and they will come back so sooner as he can journey.
+Oh! I could die for the happiness!"
+
+June jumped up and down, and Seki San giggled, and Tomi barked until the
+family came out to see what was the matter.
+
+"And what did she say? Tell me!" demanded June.
+
+"All this, and this, and this," said Seki, spreading out the closely
+written sheets. Then with many pauses and much knitting of brows and
+pointing of fingers, she read the letter aloud. There was very little
+about the sad journey, or the dreadful fever, or the life at the
+hospital. It was mostly about June, whether he was well, whether he was
+very unhappy, if he coughed at night, if he missed her very much.
+
+"And these at the end I sink I can not read," concluded Seki, pointing
+to a long row of circles and dots.
+
+June looked over her shoulder. "Why Seki!" he exclaimed, "that's the
+only part I can read! They are kisses and hugs, I showed her how to make
+them. That long one is a pink kiss, and this starry one is silver with
+golden spangles," he laughed with delight; then his eye catching sight
+of the fish overhead, he said:
+
+"Say Seki, why did they put out the fish? Is it because my father is
+getting well?"
+
+Seki San smilingly shook her head.
+
+"It's a matsuri, a festival," she explained; "this is the boys' day and
+wherever a boy live, they put out a big paper fish with round mouth open
+so----, and when the wind flow in, the fish grow big and fat and make
+like swim in the air."
+
+[Illustration: "'It's a Matsuri--a festival,' Seki explained."]
+
+"But why do they put out fishes?" persisted June.
+
+"'Tis the carp fish," said Seki San, "because the carp very strong and
+brave, he swim against the current, fight his way up the waterfall, not
+afraid of the very bad discouragings, like good boy should be."
+
+June was much more interested in the fish than in the moral, and when
+Toro brought a big red one for him and a paper cap and banner, he
+hastened away to be dressed so that he could be ready for the
+festivities.
+
+Taking it all in all, it was about the happiest day he had ever spent in
+his life. When he and Toro started forth the streets were already full
+of people, men and women in holiday attire, little girls in bright red
+petticoats and fancy pins in their hair, every boy with a fish on a
+stick, small children with bald-headed babies tied on their backs, all
+trotting merrily along to the matsuri.
+
+Everywhere June went a crowd went behind him, for a little foreign boy
+with gray eyes and fair hair, and strange foreign clothes was one of the
+greatest sights of the day. Sometimes a woman would stop him and look at
+his hat or his shoes, and a circle would close in and Toro would be
+bombarded with questions. But the people were always so polite, and
+their admiration was so evident, that June was rather pleased, and when
+he smiled and spoke to them in English, they bowed again and again, and
+he bowed back, then they all laughed.
+
+It was a terrible trial to June not to be able to ask questions. He was
+brimful of curiosity and everything he saw and heard had a dozen
+questions hanging to it. Usually Seki San supplied the answers but
+to-day Toro was in command, and while he was a very careful little
+guide, keeping tight hold of June's hand, pointing out all the
+interesting sights, and trying to explain by sign and gesture, still he
+did not know a single word of English.
+
+After passing through many gay streets they came to a tall red gate
+which June had come to recognize as the entrance to sacred ground. But
+inside it was not in the least like any churchyard he had ever seen. It
+was more like the outside of a circus where everything delightful was
+happening at once. On one side was a sandman making wonderful pictures
+on the ground with colored sand. First he made a background of fine
+white sand, then out of papers folded like cornucopias he formed small
+streams of black and red sand, skilfully tracing the line of a mountain,
+using a feather to make the waves of the sea, and a piece of silver
+money to form the great round moon, and before you knew it there was the
+very picture you had seen on fans and screens and tea-pots ever since
+you could remember, even down to the birds that were flying across the
+moon.
+
+Then there were jugglers and tight rope walkers, and sacred pigeons that
+lit on your head and shoulders and ate corn out of your hand. June
+thought he had never seen such greedy pigeons before. Two or three
+perched on his hand at once, and scolded and pushed each other, and even
+tried to eat the buttons off his blouse!
+
+Up the mountain side, flanked by rows of stone lanterns, ran a wide
+flight of steps and at the top was the gate-way to the temple itself. On
+either side were sort of huge cages, and in them the most hideous
+figures June had ever seen! They were fierce looking giants with
+terrible glass eyes and snarling mouths with all the teeth showing, just
+as the Ogre's did in the fairy tale. One was painted all over green, and
+the other was red, and they held out clutching fingers as if ready to
+pounce upon the passer-by. While June was looking at them and feeling
+rather glad that they were inside the cages, he saw two old men dressed
+in white, climb slowly up the steps and kneel before the statues. Bowing
+their heads to the earth and muttering prayers, they took from their
+belts some slips of paper, and after chewing them into wads began
+gravely to throw them at the fierce green demon behind the bars.
+
+June giggled with joy, this was something he could quite understand.
+Taking advantage of Toro's attention being distracted, he promptly began
+to make wads too, and before Toro could stop him he was vigorously
+pelting the scowling image. In an instant there was angry remonstrance
+and a group of indignant worshipers gathered around. Fortunately Seki
+San appeared on the scene in time to prevent trouble.
+
+"But I was only doing what the others did!" explained June indignantly.
+
+"It is no harm done," said Seki, reassuringly after a few words to those
+about her, "you not understand our strange ways. These are our Nio or
+temple guardians that frighten away the evil, bad spirits."
+
+"What makes the pilgrims throw at them, then?" asked June.
+
+"They throw prayers," answered Seki San very seriously, "they buy paper
+prayers from the old man at the gate, and throw them through the
+grating. If the prayer sticks, it is answered, if it falls down it is
+not answered. Come, I will show you!"
+
+They went very close, and looked through the bars; there on the grating,
+on the floor and even on the ceiling above them were masses of tiny
+paper wads, the unanswered prayers of departed thousands.
+
+"Well, three of mine stuck!" said June with satisfaction. "Do you
+suppose it's too late to make a prayer on them now?"
+
+Seki thought after considering the matter that it was not.
+
+"But I haven't got anything left to pray for!" said June, regretting the
+lost opportunity. "Father's getting well, and he and Mother are coming
+home, and I have got pretty near everything I want. I believe I'd like
+another fish though, and oh! yes, I want a little pug dog, jes' 'zactly
+like Tomi."
+
+"It's tiffin time," said Seki San, "and after that will be the
+fire-work."
+
+"In the day-time?" asked June.
+
+"Oh yes, very fine nice fire-work," said Seki.
+
+They left the temple grounds, and made their way up the river road,
+where everybody was having a tea-party out under the trees. Seki San
+secured a tiny table for them and they sat on their heels and ate rice
+out of a great white wooden bucket, and fluffy yellow omelet out of a
+round bowl, and the sunshine came dancing down through the dainty,
+waving bamboo leaves, and everybody was laughing and chattering and from
+every side came the click-clack of the wooden shoes, and the tinkle of
+samisens and the music of falling water.
+
+Suddenly Toro pulled June's sleeve and motioned excitedly to the
+road-way. Coming toward them in a jinrikisha, looking very pale and thin
+and with both arms in bandages, sat Monsieur.
+
+June broke away from Seki and raced after the jinrikisha. "Oh! Mister,"
+he cried, "Mr. Frenchman."
+
+Monsieur, hearing the English words, stopped his man and turned around.
+When he saw a very flushed little boy in blouse suit and a wide brimmed
+hat, he smiled.
+
+"Ah!" he cried, "my friend of the garden! My prince who found the
+Sleeping Beauty." Then he began to laugh so hard that it started up all
+his rheumatic pains, and he had to sink back and rest before he could
+speak again. "I am very bad since I saw you last," he said; "these dogs
+of Japanese will let me die here. One day in France will make me well. I
+may have it yet--I must get back some way--some way!" His eyes looked
+excitedly over June's head out into space as if trying to span the miles
+that lay between him and his beloved country.
+
+"My papa will take you home when he comes," said June; "he's a soldier."
+
+Monsieur shrugged his shoulders: "Your papa would not care _that_," he
+said, snapping his fingers; then seeing June's disappointment he added
+kindly, "But you--will you not come to see me? I will make you more
+forts, I will show you my goldfish."
+
+"Yes, I'll come," said June. "When?"
+
+But before Monsieur could answer, Seki had called June and the
+jinrikisha had started on its way.
+
+Late in the afternoon, as the revelers straggled home tired but happy,
+June slipped his hand into Seki's. The merry noises of the day had given
+place to the quiet chirp of the crickets and the drowsy croaking of the
+frogs, and the little breezes that stirred overhead sounded sleepy and
+far away.
+
+"Seki," said June, "I didn't make any prayer on that paper that stuck on
+the old giant's nose, do you think it too late?"
+
+"No," said Seki San, willing to humor him.
+
+"Well," said June sleepily, "I pray that the French gentleman will get
+back home."
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+
+ONE morning several weeks later, June was lying on his back in the
+garden wishing he had someone to play with. Toro was away at school and
+Seki San was having her hair dressed. He had watched the latter
+performance so many times that it had ceased to interest him. Seki would
+sit for hours on a white mat before the old hair-dresser who combed, and
+looped and twisted the long oily strands into butterfly bows of shining
+black.
+
+The only person on the premises who was at leisure was Tomi, but that
+was just the trouble, he was so much at leisure that he refused to stir
+from his warm spot on the sunny steps no matter how much June coaxed. To
+be sure there was a yellow cat next door, but she did not understand
+English as Tomi did, and when June called her, she humped her back and
+would have ruffled her tail if she had had one, but Japanese cats do not
+have tails, so when they get angry they always look disappointed.
+
+Just as June was getting a bit lonesome the postboy came trotting in
+with a letter for Seki San and June ran in to take it to her.
+
+"For me?" said Seki San, looking very comical with one loop of black
+hair hanging over her eye, "from Meester Carré? I sink it is a mistake,
+I do not know Meester Carré."
+
+"Read it," demanded June impatiently.
+
+"It say," went on Seki San slowly, "that Meester Carré is not able to
+write hisself but he desire the writer to ask me will I permit the
+little American boy to come to see him to-day. He is sick on the bed,
+and have the low spirit. He will keep safe care of the little boy and
+send him home what time I desire."
+
+"Oh, let me go, Seki! Please let me go!" cried June.
+
+"But who is Meester Carré?"
+
+"He is the Frenchman," said June. "He is a soldier and has got the
+rheumatism. He has goldfish too, and a sword. Oh Seki, please let me go!
+Oh, do let me go!"
+
+"Ah yes," said Seki, "one leg is shorter than the other leg and he walks
+with sticks, and he has long white whiskers on his lip, ah! yes, I
+know."
+
+"Can I go?" begged June.
+
+Seki San took a long while to think about it. She consulted her mother
+and the old man next door, and the doctor who lived at the corner, but
+by and by she came back and said he could go.
+
+"I will send you in good Tanaka's 'rikisha, he will take good care of
+you and bring you back at tiffin time."
+
+June was greatly excited over the prospect and stood unusually still
+while Seki San buttoned him into a starchy white blouse and pinned a
+scarlet flower in his buttonhole.
+
+"Can't I pin my flag on too?" he begged, and Seki, who could not bear to
+refuse him anything, fastened the bit of red, white and blue silk on the
+other side.
+
+"Now keep your body still," cautioned Seki San as she put him in the
+jinrikisha and gave final instructions to Tanaka who was bowing and
+grinning and bowing again, "Tanaka will wait for you, and you must come
+when he calls you. Be good little boy! _Sayonara!_"
+
+June had never felt so important in his life. To be going out all by
+himself in a jinrikisha was quite like being grown up. The only thing
+lacking to make him quite happy was a pair of reins that he might
+imagine he was driving a horse instead of a little brown man with fat
+bare legs and a big mushroom hat who looked around every few moments to
+see if he was falling out.
+
+They trotted along the sunny streets, passing the temple grounds where
+the green and red Nio made ugly faces all the day, and where the greedy
+pigeons were waiting for more corn. They passed over the long bridge,
+skirted the parade ground, then went winding in and out of narrow
+streets until they came to a stretch of country road that ran beside a
+moat.
+
+Here there was less to see and June amused himself by repeating the few
+Japanese words he had learned. "Ohayo" meant "good-morning," and it was
+great fun to call it out to the children they passed and see them bow
+and call back "Ohayo" in friendly greeting. He knew another word too, it
+was "Arigato," and it meant "thank you." He used it on Tanaka every time
+he stopped by the wayside to pluck a flower for him. Once when they
+rested June saw a queer old tree, with a very short body and very long
+arms that seemed to be seeing how far they could reach. June thought the
+tree must have the rheumatism, for it was standing on crutches, and had
+knots on its limbs just like Monsieur had on his fingers. But the
+strange part of it was that from nearly every branch fluttered a small
+strip of paper with something written on it. June had seen this before
+on other trees, and he remembered that Seki San had told him that these
+little papers were poems hung there when the tree was covered with
+cherry blossoms.
+
+Now June always wanted to do everything anybody else did, so when they
+started off again, he decided that he would make up a poem to hang on
+the tree as they came back. He knew one that he had learned from a big
+boy coming over on the steamer, and he said it over softly to himself:
+
+ "King Solomon was the wisest man;
+ He had some ready cash,
+ The Queen of Sheeny came along
+ And Solly made a mash."
+
+To be sure he didn't understand at all what it meant, but it sounded
+nice and funny and always made him laugh.
+
+"I'd like to make up one out of my own head though," he thought, and he
+sat so still that Tanaka glanced back uneasily.
+
+It was a very hard matter indeed, for when you write a poem you have to
+get two words that sound alike, and then find something to write about
+them. It took him so long that by the time he finished, the shaft of the
+jinrikisha came down with a jerk and he looked up to find that they had
+stopped in front of a house all smothered in vines, with two inquisitive
+little windows peering out like eyes behind a tangle of hair. Everything
+about the place looked poor and neglected.
+
+As June and Tanaka made their way up the path, June gave an exclamation
+of delight. There about the door were bowls and jars and basins of
+goldfish. Every available receptacle had been pressed into service, and
+big fish and tiny ones in every shade of radiant gold swam gaily about
+in the sunshine.
+
+It was such an engrossing sight that June almost forgot to go in and
+speak to Monsieur who lay in a bed, near the door.
+
+"Ah, at last," cried the sick man. "My little friend is welcome. There,
+sit in the chair. Though I am poor, I live like a gentleman. See, I have
+a bed and chairs and a table!"
+
+June looked about the shabby crowded room, at the dusty flag of France
+that was draped over the window, at the map of France that was pinned on
+the wall beside the bed, at the cheap pictures and ornaments and the
+soiled curtains, then he remembered Seki San's room, clean and sweet and
+airy with nothing in it but a vase of flowers.
+
+"I'd rather sit on the floor," he said as he took his seat beside the
+bed, adding immediately, "I can stay until twelve o'clock!"
+
+Tanaka had gone to take a bath after his warm run and to drink tea at
+the little tea-house across the road.
+
+Monsieur lay propped up in bed with his bandaged hands lying helpless on
+the cover-lid. But his eyes were soft and kind, and he had so many
+interesting things to talk about that June found him a most entertaining
+host. After he had shown June his sword and told a wonderful story about
+it, he returned to the goldfish.
+
+"Alas, there are but twenty-one now," he sighed. "Napoleon Bonaparte
+died on Sunday. Have you seen the Grand Monarch? He is the great
+shining fellow in the crystal bowl. Those smaller ones are his
+gentlemen-in-waiting. Here is Marie Antoinette, is she not most
+beautiful?"
+
+June was introduced to every one in turn and had endless questions to
+ask in regard to the story of each. Monsieur was the only person he had
+ever met who always had another story on hand. Everything suggested a
+story, a story was hidden in every nook and corner of Monsieur's brain,
+they fairly bubbled over in their eagerness to be told, and June was as
+greedy for more as the pigeons were greedy for corn, and he thought up
+new questions while the old ones were getting answered.
+
+Once Monsieur recited something in verse to him, and that reminded June
+of his own poem.
+
+"I made up one coming," he announced, "do you want to hear it?"
+
+Monsieur did. Monsieur was very fond of verse, so June recited it with
+evident pride:
+
+ "Oh Gee!" said the tree,
+ "It seems to me
+ That under my branches
+ I see a bee!"
+
+"Bravo!" said Monsieur, "you will be a poet and a soldier too!"
+
+"I'd like to write it down," said June, "so I can hang it on the tree."
+
+"To be sure, to be sure," said Monsieur, "you will find pen and ink in
+the table drawer. Not that!" he cried sharply as June took out a long
+sealed envelope. "Give that to me!"
+
+June handed the packet to Monsieur in some wonder and then continued his
+search.
+
+"Here's a corkscrew," he said, "and some neckties, and a pipe. Here's
+the pen! And may I use this fat tablet?"
+
+When the materials were collected, June stretched himself at full length
+on the floor and began the difficult task.
+
+"I never did write with a pen and ink afore," he confided to Monsieur,
+"you will have to tell me how to spell the big words."
+
+The room grew very silent and nothing was heard but the scratch, scratch
+of June's clumsy pen, and the occasional question which he asked. A
+strange change had come over Monsieur; his face, which had been so kind
+and friendly, grew hard and scheming. He had drawn himself painfully up
+on his elbow and was intently watching June's small fingers as they
+formed the letters. Presently he drew the long envelope from under his
+pillow and held it in his hand. It was a very fat envelope with a long
+row of stamps in one corner, but there was no address on it. Twice he
+put it back and shook his head, and twice he looked longingly at the map
+of France, and at the flag over the window, then he took it out again.
+
+"Will you write something for me now, at once?" he demanded in such a
+hard, quick voice that June looked up in surprise.
+
+"Another poem?" asked June.
+
+"No, a name and address on this envelope. Begin here and make the
+letters that I tell you. Capital M."
+
+"Do you like wiggles on your _M's?_" asked June, flattered by the
+request and anxious to please.
+
+"No matter," said Monsieur impatiently, "we must finish before twelve
+o'clock. Now--small o--"
+
+June put his tongue out, and hunching up his shoulders and breathing
+hard proceeded with his laborious work. It was hard enough to keep the
+lines from running uphill and the letters from growing bigger and
+bigger, but those difficulties were small compared to the task of
+guiding a sputtering, leaking pen. Once or twice he forgot and tried to
+rub out with the other end of it and the result was discouraging. When a
+period very large and black was placed after the final word, he handed
+the letter dubiously to Monsieur.
+
+"Does it spell anything?" he asked. Monsieur eagerly read the scrawling
+address. "Yes, yes," he answered, "now put it inside your blouse, so.
+When you get home wait until nobody is looking, then put it in the
+mail-box. Do you understand? When nobody is looking! Nobody must know,
+nobody must suspect, do you understand?"
+
+[Illustration: "'Does it spell anything?' June asked."]
+
+"Oh, I know, it's a secret!" cried June in delight. "I had a secret with
+mother for a whole week once. I wouldn't tell anything if I said I
+wouldn't, would you?"
+
+June was looking very straight at Monsieur, his round eyes shining with
+honesty, but Monsieur's eyes shifted uneasily.
+
+"I would never betray a trust," he said slowly, "if I were trusted. But
+they believed lies, they listened to tales that the beggarly Japanese
+carried. They have made me what I am."
+
+June was puzzled. "Who did?" he asked.
+
+But Monsieur did not heed him; he was breathing quickly and the
+perspiration stood out on his forehead.
+
+"And you will be very careful and let no one see you mail it," he asked
+eagerly, "and never, never speak of it to anybody?"
+
+"Course not," said June stoutly, "that wouldn't be like a soldier, would
+it? I am going to be a soldier, like you and Father, when I grow up."
+
+Monsieur shuddered: "No, not like me. I am no longer a soldier. I am a
+miserable wretch. I--I am not fit to live." His voice broke and he threw
+his arm across his eyes.
+
+June looked off into the farthest corner of the room and pretended not
+to see. He felt very sorry for Monsieur, but he could think of nothing
+to say. When he did speak he asked if goldfish had ears.
+
+When the noon gun sounded on the parade grounds, Tanaka came trotting to
+the door with his jinrikisha, smiling and bowing and calling softly:
+"Juna San! Juna San!"
+
+June gathered his treasures together, a new lead pencil, an old sword
+hilt, some brass buttons and, best of all, a tiny goldfish in a glass
+jar.
+
+"Good-bye," he said as he stood by the bed with his hands full, "I am
+coming back to-morrow if Seki will let me;" then a second thought struck
+him and he added, "I think you _look_ like a soldier anyhow."
+
+And Monsieur smiled, and stiffening his back lifted a bandaged hand in
+feeble salute.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+
+"SEKI SAN, have you got a big enderlope?" June asked the question from
+the door-step where he was sitting with his chin in his hand and a very
+worried look in his face.
+
+It was two days after his visit to Monsieur and the big letter was still
+buttoned in his blouse. He had started to mail it as soon as he reached
+home, but just as he was ready to drop it in the box, he discovered that
+every "s" turned the wrong way! It was a dreadful blow to his pride, for
+the rest of the address was quite imposing with big flourishing capitals
+that stood like generals over the small letters, and dots that would
+have surely put out all the "i's" had they fallen on them. He never
+could send Monsieur's letter with the "s's" looking backward, he must
+try to set them straight again.
+
+So, very carelessly, in order not to excite suspicion, he asked Seki for
+pen and ink. He had written many letters to his mother and father, but
+always in pencil, and Seki hesitated about giving him ink.
+
+She said: "Our ink not like your American ink, live and quick as water,
+it hard like paint. We not use pen, but brush like which you write
+pictures. I sink it more better you use pencil."
+
+But June insisted and when he gained his point, he carried the small box
+into the garden and took out his letter. The jar containing his goldfish
+was close by, so he dipped his stick of paint into the water and rubbed
+it vigorously on the paint box. At the last moment just as his brush was
+poised in the air, he had a moment of misgiving, "maybe 's's' do turn
+that way!" he said, but the brush full of paint was a temptation not to
+be resisted, so he took each little "s" by its tail and turned it inside
+out. The paper was soft and thin and took the ink like blotting paper.
+June watched with dismay as the lines spread into ugly blots, and when
+he tried to make the letters plainer he only made the blots bigger until
+they all seemed to join hands and go dancing over the envelope in
+fiendish glee at his discomfort.
+
+For two days he had tried to think of a way out of the difficulty but
+before he could find one he would get interested in something else and
+forget about the letter. It was only when it felt stiff inside of his
+blouse that he remembered, and then he would stop playing and try again
+to solve the problem. At last in desperation he appealed to Seki San for
+an envelope.
+
+"It is not so much big," she said, bringing out a long narrow envelope
+and a roll of paper. "Why you want to write such big letter to your
+mother? She coming home soon!"
+
+"It isn't big enough," said June fretfully, then an idea struck him.
+"Seki, I want to go see Monsieur to-day."
+
+Seki San sat down on the step beside him and shook her head positively:
+
+"No, no," she said, "not to-day, nor to-morrow, nor any day. He is not a
+good man, I made mistakes in letting you go."
+
+"He _is_ a good man!" cried June indignantly, "he told me stories, and
+gave me lots of things."
+
+"I tell you 'bout him, June," said Seki San. "One time Monsieur very
+skilful smart man in Tokyo. He write pictures of the forts and show the
+Japanese how to find coast in time of war. He know more plenty than
+anybody about the coast and the mines. Then he is not behave right, and
+get sent out of the service, and he get sick in the hands so he can make
+no more maps, and he come down here and live all alone by himself. That
+was long time ago, but yesterday a high up messenger come from Tokyo,
+and asked for Monsieur Carré. The Emperor have desire to buy his old
+maps and reports, and get his help in making new plans. When the
+messenger come, they say Monsieur fall back on the bed very white and
+afraid, and say he will not give up the papers. Then messenger say maybe
+he has sold his papers to a foreign country and he get very much angry,
+and say if Monsieur Carré do not give the papers in twenty-four hours,
+he will have him arrested and take him to Tokyo. Still Monsieur keep the
+tight lips, and a guard is waiting outside his house."
+
+With troubled eyes, June listened to every word. "_Did_ he sell the
+papers, Seki?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"He will not say," said Seki, "they say he will not say, but it was a
+bad, wicked act if he sold our secrets, and he may die for it!"
+
+June stirred restlessly, and the packet in his blouse caught in his
+belt. He put up his hand to straighten it, and as he did so, a startled
+look of inquiry passed over his face. Could those papers in the long
+envelope have anything to do with Monsieur's present trouble? Why had
+Monsieur not wanted him to tell? Had his mistake about the "s's"
+anything to do with it all? The secret, which at first had seemed such a
+mysterious and delightful possession, suddenly grew into a great and
+terrible burden that he longed to cast at Seki's feet and ask her to
+share.
+
+But the thought of telling what he knew never crossed his mind. He had
+given his word, and he felt that to break it would be to forfeit forever
+his chance of becoming a soldier. But something must be done, he must go
+to Monsieur and tell him the truth at once.
+
+"Seki," he said persuasively, "Monsieur is sick in bed, don't you think
+it would be nice for me to take him a little cake?"
+
+"You can not ever go there any more," repeated Seki San positively. "I
+did a mistakes in letting you go."
+
+In vain June pleaded, every argument that he could think of he brought
+to bear, but Seki was firm. By and by he began to cry, at first softly,
+begging between the sobs, then when he got angry he cried very loud and
+declared over and over that he would go.
+
+Seki San was amazed at his naughtiness. It was the first time since his
+mother left that she had known him to be disobedient. When persuasion
+and coaxing proved in vain, she carried him into the house and carefully
+closing the paper screens left him alone. Here he lay on the floor and
+cried louder than ever. Seki San and her mother and the old man next
+door stood on the outside and peeped through the cracks, gravely
+discussing the situation. Even Tomi sniffed uneasily, and gave sharp,
+unhappy barks.
+
+[Illustration: "They peeped through the cracks, gravely discussing the
+situation."]
+
+After ever and ever so long the cries grew fainter and gradually ceased,
+and Seki peeping around the screen whispered to the others to be very
+still as he was going to sleep.
+
+June lay quiet on his face, but he was not asleep. Once in a while he
+opened his eyes a very little and peeped out, then he closed them
+quickly and listened. By and by he heard Seki go back to her work, and
+the old man next door hobble across the garden. Inch by inch June
+crawled over the mats until he reached the screen, which he carefully
+slid back. After waiting for a few breathless minutes, he reached out
+and got his shoes from the door-step and put them on. Back of the house
+he could hear Seki singing at her work, and not six feet away Tomi lay
+snoozing in the sun. Softly and cautiously he slipped out of the house,
+across the strip of a garden where all the leaves seemed to be shaking
+their heads at him, through a narrow passageway, then out of the gate
+that divided the little world he knew from the vast unknown world that
+lay beyond.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+EVEN more than usually quiet and deserted was the narrow street. The
+noon sun glaring down on the town had sent everybody into the shade, and
+at first June attracted little attention as he trudged off in the
+direction of the parade grounds. He knew the way that far, for Toro
+often took him there to watch the men drill. Soldiers passed him now in
+twos and threes, looking very smart in their buff uniforms with swords
+clanking at their sides, and as they passed they laughed and turned to
+look curiously at the small foreign boy. In fact curious eyes were
+peering out of many of the open front shops, and mothers were even
+holding up their babies and pointing to the strange little person who
+was passing.
+
+Here and there children were dipping water with their hands from pails
+and sprinkling the dusty street, and when they saw June they paused and
+gazed open-mouthed, or shouted derisively: "Eijin! Eijin!" The whole
+world seemed strange and unfriendly, and even the sun tried to see how
+hot it could glare down on June's bare head.
+
+When he reached the parade ground, he stopped to rest, but no sooner had
+he sat down than a circle gathered around him, two jinrikisha men, four
+boys, a girl with a baby on her back and an old fish woman. There was no
+chatter, they were all too interested to talk, they just stood and
+looked and looked until June felt that their eyes were pins and that he
+was the cushion. After a while he turned to one of the men and said: "Do
+you know where Monsieur Carré lives?"
+
+They looked at each other and smiled. It was much as if a new bird had
+twittered a strange note, and one boy tried to imitate the sound and
+repeated "Carré lives?" to the great amusement of the rest.
+
+"Monsieur Carré!" went on June, getting angry, "he's a Frenchman. Don't
+you know where he lives?"
+
+"Where he lives?" mimicked the boy and they laughed more than ever. June
+was so angry by this time that he could not tell which he wanted most to
+do, to cry or to fight.
+
+Beyond him was a wilderness of criss-cross streets with strange eyes
+peering at him from every quarter. What if he should get lost and
+swallowed up for ever in this strange place where nobody knew him nor
+loved him nor spoke his language?
+
+Instinctively he looked back toward the way he had come. He had only to
+retrace his steps past the parade ground, hurry back in a straight line
+until he came to the big red gate that marked the entrance to the
+temple, and then turning to the right run breathlessly down the street
+to the little gate in the wall, and after that to throw himself into
+Seki's arms and tell her all his troubles!
+
+But what would become of Monsieur? It must be very dreadful to be sick
+in bed with a guard waiting to arrest you if you do not get some papers
+for him, papers which you do not possess. And if Monsieur was arrested
+he never would get back to France!
+
+All this flashed through June's mind as he sat under the pine tree,
+trying with all his might to keep the black eyes all around from seeing
+that he was about to cry. Just then a soldier went by holding himself
+very erect and looking neither to the left nor the right. Suddenly June
+remembered that soldiers did not cry, and with resolution he got up and
+turning his back to the temple gate and the parade grounds, he continued
+courageously on his way.
+
+Far in the distance he could see, high on a hill, the old castle which
+he knew he must pass before he should come to Monsieur's. There were
+many streets to be passed, and many obstacles to be overcome, for as
+June got further from home the curiosity concerning him increased. It
+was very warm and he was tired but he dared not sit down for he dreaded
+the gaping crowd and the curious eyes. By and by he came to the old moat
+which circled the castle, and as the road led out into the country, the
+boys who had followed him gradually fell back until he realized with joy
+that there were no more wooden shoes clattering after him.
+
+In the moat big lotus leaves floated on the water and working among them
+were coolies, naked, except for a loin cloth. They were too busy to take
+any notice of a strange little boy, so he sat on a rock under a tree for
+a long time and wondered how it would feel to be down there under the
+lily pads and the lotus leaves, and if the same hob-goblins and sprites
+that live under the sea did not sometimes come to play in the moats, and
+take moonlight rides on the big broad leaves?
+
+The sun which had beaten so fiercely on his head was slowly dropping
+toward the distant mountain when he started once more on his way, and a
+long shadow went beside him. The shadow was a great relief for it kept
+him company without staring at him. By and by even the shadow deserted
+him and he trudged along the country road following a vague impression
+that somewhere around the foot of the mountain Monsieur lived.
+
+It was very quiet and lonesome with only the crickets and the frogs
+talking to each other out there in the grasses, and June's feet were
+tired and his head ached and he was hungry. A big lump kept lodging in
+his throat no matter how often he swallowed. Now that the gray twilight
+was creeping on, all sorts of fears assailed him. Ever since he could
+remember Seki San had told him of the hob-goblins and gnomes that haunt
+the woodlands and mountains in Japan. There were the Tengu, half bird
+and half man, that play all sorts of mischievous pranks on the farmers,
+there was the "Three-eyed Friar," and the "White Woman" who wanders
+about in the snow, and worst of all was a bogie with horns, whose legs
+dwindled away to nothing at all, but whose body was very large and
+horrible with a long neck twisted like a snake.
+
+As he thought about it his heart began to thump, and he quickened his
+steps to a run. All the trees seemed to be reaching out clutching hands
+as he sped by, and the darkness kept creeping closer and closer. The
+sobs which he had held back so long came faster, and at last breathless
+and panic-stricken he sank exhausted by the roadside and waited in dumb
+terror for what might happen.
+
+Looking fearfully around he saw just above him a kind, white face
+peering out of the twilight. It was only a stone face, and it belonged
+to an image that was sitting cross-legged on a mossy stone, but June
+felt as if he had met a friend. Of all the gods and goddesses that Seki
+San had told him about, the one he knew best was Jizo, the friend of
+little children. The drooping figure, the gentle face, and the shaven
+head had become as familiar to him as the pictures of Santa Claus at
+home. He had met him in the temples, in the woods, on the river road, in
+big stone statues and little wooden ones, and now when he found him here
+in this lonesome night world, he felt a vague sense of relief and
+protection.
+
+Climbing up on the stone he fingered the pebbles that filled Jizo's lap,
+and touched the red cotton bib that was tied about his neck. He knew
+what it all meant for Seki San had told him many times. Jizo was the
+guardian of dead children, and the red bib and the pebbles had been
+placed there by mothers who wanted the kind god to look after their
+little babies who had passed away into another world. There were
+hundreds of pebbles about the statue, in its lap, about its hands and
+feet, and even on its bald head, and June was very careful not to
+disturb any of them. He wished he had something to give the good god,
+but he was too tired to go down and look for a pebble. He searched
+through his pockets but nothing seemed to suit. Finally he separated one
+object from the rest, and placed it gently in Jizo's upturned hand. It
+was the old sword hilt that Monsieur had given him.
+
+[Illustration: "It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur had given him."]
+
+Then, because he was very sleepy and tired, and because he was afraid of
+the dark, he nestled down in the niche under Jizo's upraised arm, and
+all the hob-goblins and evil spirits slipped away, and the stars came
+out and the big white moon, and the monotonous droning of the crickets
+and frogs seemed to be Seki San humming him to sleep, and the stone
+figure against which he leaned seemed to sway toward him in the
+moonlight and the face changed to the gentlest, sweetest one he knew,
+and instead of the little pebbles on the head there was a crown of
+thorns.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+
+
+HOW long June slept there he did not know, but he was awakened by
+someone shaking his arm and holding a paper lantern close to his face.
+When he got his eyes open he found that it was a jinrikisha man and that
+he was talking to him in Japanese.
+
+"Where's Seki?" June asked, looking about him in bewilderment.
+
+The man shook his head and continued to talk excitedly in Japanese.
+
+"I want to go to Monsieur Carré's," said June very loud as if that would
+help the man to understand.
+
+"Wakarimasen," said the man.
+
+"Monsieur Carré!" shouted June, and again the man shook his head and
+said, "Wakarimasen."
+
+Over and over June repeated "Monsieur Carré," and pointed down the
+moonlit road. Finally in desperation he scrambled from his perch and
+seizing a stick thrust it under his arm like a crutch, then he humped
+his shoulders, drew down his brows, and limped along saying with a
+groan, "Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!" as he had heard Monsieur say it.
+
+In an instant the man clapped his hands and laughed. "Hai, Hai," he said
+and when the jinrikisha was wheeled about and June was invited to get
+in, you may be sure he lost no time in doing so. He even forgot to give
+a good-by look to Jizo, who sat smiling out into the moonlight with the
+little pebbles on his head.
+
+It was a wonderful ride, through the soft shiny darkness, with only the
+pitter patter of the kurumaya's sandals to break the silence. June,
+curled up on the seat, was not thinking of poor Seki San and her anxiety
+concerning him, neither was he thinking of the mother and father who
+would soon be coming to him over the sea, nor of Monsieur with the guard
+at his door. He was wondering if the stars were the moon's children, and
+who woke the sun up in the morning.
+
+And all the time a light at the foot of the hill was getting closer and
+closer, and before he knew it, they had stopped at the little brown
+house where the windows peeped through the vines.
+
+A voice spoke sharply in the darkness and before June could get down a
+man in uniform with a star on his breast, stopped him. The jinrikisha
+man seemed to be explaining and the soldier to be asking questions, and
+while they talked June sat very still with his heart beating furiously
+against the long envelope in his blouse.
+
+He was just as frightened as he had been back in the woods when the
+hob-goblins were after him, only it was different. Then he cried and ran
+away, now he was not thinking of himself at all, but of Monsieur who
+might have to go to prison and die if he should fail to get the papers
+to him.
+
+After what seemed to him hours of time, the guard evidently came to the
+conclusion that a sleepy little boy who had lost his way could do no
+harm, so he lifted him down and took him up the path.
+
+June was too full of anxiety even to glance at the goldfish as he passed
+them. He walked straight up the path and into the room where Monsieur
+lay. On the bed was an old man who looked as if he might have been
+Monsieur's father; his body seemed to have shrunk to half its size and
+his face was old and white and drawn. Only the eyes made June know that
+it was Monsieur himself, and the fierce startled look in them recalled
+the day he had stumbled over him in the Daimyo's garden.
+
+"I was coming to see you and I got lost," began June, but Monsieur held
+up a warning hand.
+
+"The guard will inform me in Japanese," he said so coldly that June
+wondered if he were angry with him.
+
+After a great deal of talk, the guard went away leaving June sitting
+half asleep on the floor with his head against the bed. In an instant
+Monsieur was leaning over him shaking his shoulder.
+
+"Tell me!" he demanded, "tell me quickly why did you come?"
+
+June rubbed his eyes and yawned; at first he could not remember, then it
+began to come back:
+
+"I made the 's's' the wrong way," he murmured, "and when I tried to fix
+them I spoiled your letter."
+
+"Yes, yes," cried Monsieur, now out of bed and on his knees before the
+child, "and you tore it up, you destroyed it?"
+
+June shook his head wearily, "It is inside here, but I can't undo the
+buttons."
+
+Monsieur's hands, bandaged though they were, found the packet and drew
+it eagerly forth. "Thank God! thank God!" he whispered, pressing the
+unbroken seal again and again to his lips.
+
+"Did I save your life?" asked June making a mighty effort to rouse
+himself, and enjoy his reward.
+
+"Not my life, boy; that did not matter; it is my honor you have saved,
+my honor." And Monsieur lay back upon the bed and sobbed like a little
+child.
+
+"He's coming!" warned June, and Monsieur had only sufficient time to
+wipe away the tears from his withered old cheeks before the guard
+returned with the jinrikisha man.
+
+After a consultation in Japanese, Monsieur said to June, "I have told
+the man how to take you home. They will be very anxious about you. You
+must start at once."
+
+"I'm hungry," said June, "I'd like some of those little crackers that
+you gave me before."
+
+The guard, obligingly following directions, produced a paper bag from
+the table drawer.
+
+"I wish they were animal crackers," said June, "I like to eat the
+elephant first, then he gets hungry and I have to eat the bear, then the
+bear gets hungry and I have to eat the pig, and the pig gets hungry and
+I have to eat the rabbit until there aren't any left in the bag."
+
+"You have not spoken to any one about the letter?" whispered Monsieur as
+he pretended to kiss June good-by.
+
+"'Course not!" declared June indignantly. "It's a secret!" Then as if
+remembering a lost opportunity he added: "Oh! you couldn't tell me a
+story, could you? Just a teeny weeny one?"
+
+"Not to-night," said Monsieur laughing, "why, it is eleven o'clock now.
+But to-morrow, next day, always when you come, the stories are waiting,
+all that my brain and heart can hold."
+
+And with this promise June was bound to be content.
+
+It was hard to believe that the way back was as long as the way he had
+come, for before he knew it the wall beside the moat appeared by the
+roadside, then the parade grounds dim and shadowy in the moonlight, then
+the crowded streets of the town. He did not know that he was the chief
+cause of the commotion, that for two hours parties of searchers had been
+hurrying along every road leading out of town, that people were telling
+where they had seen him last, and that anxious groups were looking over
+the low wall into the black waters of the moat.
+
+He only knew that from the moment he reached town a crowd followed his
+jinrikisha, that his kurumaya could scarcely push his way through the
+questioning throng, and that at last they stopped and a shout went up,
+the crowd parted, and through the opening dashed Seki San, her hair
+hanging limply about her face, her eyes full of joy, and her arms
+out-stretched.
+
+"Oh! My little boy darling!" she cried. "You have given me many
+troubles. Where you been, where did you go?"
+
+But June attempted no explanation; the papers were safe with Monsieur
+and he was safe with Seki San, and whether or not he had done right was
+too big a problem to wrestle with.
+
+After Seki had fed him and bathed him, and kissed his many bruises to
+make them well, he put his arms about her and gave her a long, hard hug.
+
+"I am awful sorry I had to run away," he said and Seki's English was not
+good enough to understand just what he meant.
+
+[Illustration: "Long after he was asleep she sat beside him."]
+
+Long after he was asleep she sat beside him on the floor, crying softly
+into her sleeve, and holding fast to his hand while she gave thanks not
+only to her new Christian God but to some of the heathen ones as well
+for sending him back to her.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER X
+
+
+LATE in the summer, when the tiny maple leaves were turning blood-red
+and the white lotus was filling every pond and moat, June and Seki San
+journeyed back to Yokohama. They were going to meet the big steamer that
+was on its way from China to America, and June was to join his mother
+and father and go back with them to California. He was so happy over the
+prospect that he could not sit still a minute, but kept hopping from one
+side of the car to the other and asking Seki more questions than she
+could possibly answer.
+
+"Do you s'pose my mother'll know me now I've got so fat? Has my father
+grown any since I saw him? Will he carry a sword? What do you s'pose
+they will bring me?" and so on until there were scarcely any questions
+left to be asked.
+
+"One more day," said Seki San sadly, "and Seki will have no more little
+boy to hold her sleeves behind and tease and tickle her under her necks.
+She will have a very, very lonely heart."
+
+June's merriment ceased for a moment and he looked serious. The fact
+that Seki could not go back with him had been a misfortune that he had
+not yet faced.
+
+"I'm going to get my father to come back for you next year," he said at
+last, "you and Tomi and Toro, and your mamma with the black teeth too.
+We will have a little Japanese house on the ranch, and Toro can ride my
+pony."
+
+But Seki shook her head and wiped her eyes.
+
+"You will go back to your dear, affectionate home," she said, "and be
+big mans when I see you once more. But I will hear your lovingest little
+boy voice down in my heart alway!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was a happy meeting the next day on the steamer when June actually
+saw his mother, and clung about her neck as if he would never let go
+again. Then he had to be taken up on the shelter deck and introduced to
+a strange, pale man reclining in a steamer chair, who they said was his
+father. At first it was a dreadful disappointment, and he submitted to
+being kissed with an effort. But when the man lifted one eyebrow and
+puckered his mouth into a funny shape, and said, "Why, Mr. Skeezicks,
+you haven't forgotten your old Pard?" a dark spot seemed suddenly to go
+out of June's mind and in its place was a memory of the jolliest,
+funniest playfellow he had ever had in his life. With a rush he was in
+his lap. "You used to tell me about the Indians," he cried accusingly,
+"I remember now. What became of Tiger Tooth and the little white child?"
+
+"We will have just fourteen days to tell stories," said Captain Royston.
+"I shall probably be a dumb man by the time we land in San Francisco.
+You must sit down here now and tell this little mother of yours the
+story of your life. Where did you get these red cheeks and fat legs?"
+
+And with Seki San sitting on the floor at their feet, and with a
+frequent hug from mother and many a laugh from father, the story of the
+summer was told.
+
+When the last launch brought the passengers out from the shore, who
+should come aboard but Monsieur Carré. He was regularly engaged in
+Government service at Tokyo now, and when he saw in the paper that
+Master Robert Rogers Royston, Junior, would join his parents and sail
+for America on the S. S. _Mongolia_, he made the short trip to Yokohama
+to say good-by.
+
+He was so dressed up that June scarcely recognized him. His white
+mustache was waxed until it stood out very straight, and his hair was
+parted all the way down the back. He still carried a heavy cane and
+limped when he walked, but his hands, though knotted and gnarled, were
+free from bandages.
+
+Captain and Mrs. Royston welcomed him cordially as a friend of June's
+and even Seki San, who still looked upon him with suspicion, was
+discreetly silent.
+
+"Are you going back to France?" asked June.
+
+"Next year," answered Monsieur. "I will have made sufficient money to go
+home, and then! Ah, Mon Dieu! I will never leave it again."
+
+"I will write you a letter," said June, adding slyly, "I'll be sure to
+make the 's's' turn the right way."
+
+Monsieur put his finger on his lips and June nodded understandingly.
+
+"What secret have you there?" asked Captain Royston.
+
+Monsieur put his hand on June's head, and looking straight in the
+Captain's eyes, he said:
+
+"Your boy will make a fine soldier; he has courage and honor, and he can
+keep a secret. I congratulate you!"
+
+Just then a gong sounded and the first officer ordered everybody who was
+going ashore to hurry. There was general bustle and confusion, June had
+a vague impression of Monsieur kissing him on both cheeks, and
+disappearing down the rope ladder, of Seki San kneeling before him while
+he clung to her neck and begged her not to leave him, then he was
+sitting on the railing, with Father's arm about him, and Mother holding
+one hand while with the other he waved good-by to the friends below.
+
+[Illustration: "June waved good-by to the friends below."]
+
+The little launch grew strangely blurred as it danced away over the
+water. June did not see the crowd on the deck, nor the pilot at the
+wheel, nor even the white and orange flag that floated from the mast. He
+was watching the pink rose in Seki's hair growing fainter and fainter in
+the distance.
+
+"And now," said Father, with decision, "I think it's about time to get
+busy with the Indians."
+
+
+
+
+ Transcriber Notes
+
+Passages in italics were indicated by _underscores_.
+
+Small caps were replaced with ALL CAPS.
+
+Throughout the dialogues, there were words used to mimic accents of the
+speakers. Those words were retained as-is.
+
+The illustrations have been moved so that they do not break up
+paragraphs and so that they are next the text they illustrate. Thus the
+page number of the illustration might not match the page number in the
+List of Illustrations, and the order of illustrations may not be the
+same in the List of Illustrations and in the book.
+
+Errors in punctuations and inconsistent hyphenation were not corrected
+unless otherwise noted below:
+
+On page 90, "chlidren" was replaced with "children".
+
+On page 116, a comma was placed after "with suspicion".
+
+On page 116, the single quotation mark after "leave it again." was
+replaced with a double quotation mark.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38228-8.txt or 38228-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/2/2/38228/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38228-8.zip b/38228-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..061cedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h.zip b/38228-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbc9cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/38228-h.htm b/38228-h/38228-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bee506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/38228-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3394 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+h1 {
+ margin-top: 7%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ margin-top: 4%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+/* paragraphs */
+
+p {
+ margin-top: 3%;
+ margin-bottom: 3%;
+ text-align: justify;
+} /* general paragraph */
+
+p.h1 {
+ margin-top: 7%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 300%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p.h2 {
+ margin-top: 7%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 150%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p.h2a {
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 150%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+} /* h2 type without top margin */
+
+p.h3 {
+ margin-top: 7%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p.h3a {
+ margin-top: 7%;
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: left;
+ font-size: 150%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+p.cnobmargin {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-bottom: .0%;
+} /* centered no bottom margin */
+
+p.cnomargins {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-bottom: .0%;
+ margin-top: .0%;
+} /* centered no bottom or top margin */
+
+p.cnotmargin {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: .0%;
+} /* centered no top margin */
+
+p.indent {
+ text-indent: 4%;
+} /* indented paragraph */
+
+p.margin-left8
+{
+ margin-left: 20%;
+} /* text unindented with medium indentation of paragraph */
+
+/* horizontal rules */
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 8%;
+ margin-bottom: 8%;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+.hr1
+{
+ width: 25%;
+ margin-top: 0%;
+ margin-bottom: 0%;
+} /* small horizontal rule */
+
+.hr2
+{
+ width: 90%;
+ max-width: 90%;
+ color: #CCCCCC;
+ background-color: #FFFFFF;
+ border: none;
+ border-bottom: 6px double black;
+ margin: 8% auto;
+} /* horizontal rule for chapter divisions */
+
+/* tables */
+
+.pagenum {
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+/* block quotes and notes */
+.blockquot {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.center {
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+.right {
+ text-indent: 0%;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+/* Links attributes */
+
+a:link { color:#000000; text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dashed #808080;}
+
+a:visited { color:#25383C; text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dashed #808080;}
+
+a:hover { color:#008000; text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dashed #808080;}
+
+a:active { color:#000000; text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dashed #808080;}
+
+ins {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dashed #dcdcdc;}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: 0%;
+ margin-right: 0%;
+}
+
+.tdr {
+ text-align: right;
+ width: 33%;
+} /* right align cell */
+
+.tdl {
+ text-align: left;
+ width: 33%;
+} /* left align cell */
+
+/* Images */
+
+img {
+ padding: 6px;
+} /* without border */
+
+img.border{
+ border: 1px solid black;
+ padding: 6px;
+} /* with border */
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+.poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+
+.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+
+.poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+
+.poem p.i2 {margin-left: 1em;}
+
+/* Other */
+
+span.ralign {
+ position: absolute;
+ right: 10%;
+ top: auto;
+}
+
+.TOCR {
+ list-style-type:upper-roman;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ color:black;
+}
+
+div.tnote {
+ border-style: dotted;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ padding: 1%;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-size: 90%;
+ text-align: justify;
+}
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Captain June
+
+Author: Alice Hegan Rice
+
+Illustrator: C. D. Weldon
+
+Release Date: December 6, 2011 [EBook #38228]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 541px;"> <img src="images/cover.jpg" width="541" height="700" alt="cover" title="cover" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 565px;"> <a name="fb" id="fb"></a>
+<img src="images/illus002.jpg" width="565" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;All day long the boys played down by the river.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p class="h1">Captain June</p>
+
+<p class="h2a">By</p>
+
+<p class="h2a">Alice Hegan Rice</p>
+
+<p class="cnobmargin">Author of &quot;Mrs. Wiggs of the Cabbage Patch,&quot;</p>
+
+<p class="cnotmargin">&quot;Lovey Mary,&quot; Etc.</p>
+
+<p class="h2">With Pictures by C. D. Weldon</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 324px;">
+<img src="images/illus003.jpg" width="324" height="325" alt="" title="" /></div>
+
+<p class="cnobmargin">New York</p>
+
+<p class="cnomargins">The Century Co.</p>
+
+<p class="cnotmargin">1907</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p class="cnobmargin">Copyright 1906, 1907, by</p>
+
+<p class="cnotmargin"><span class="smcap">The Century Co.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Published October, 1907</i></p>
+
+<p class="h3">THE DE VINNE PRESS</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p class="cnobmargin">TO THE LITTLE BOY I LOVE BEST</p>
+
+<p class="cnotmargin">FRANCIS BARBOUR HEGAN</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+<p class="right">PAGE</p>
+
+<p>&quot;All day long the boys played down by the
+river&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#fb"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Tea-party on the Train <span class="ralign"><a href="#i17">17</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;'Do you want me to help you?'&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i37">37</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;'It's a Matsuri&mdash;a festival,' Seki explained&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i49">49</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;'Does it spell anything?' June asked&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i75">75</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;They peeped through the cracks, gravely discussing
+the situation&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i85">85</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur had given
+him&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i97">97</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;Long after he was asleep she sat beside him&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i107">107</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&quot;June waved good-by to the friends below&quot; <span class="ralign"><a href="#i117">117</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<h2>CAPTAIN JUNE</h2>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page3" id="page3"></a>[pg&nbsp;3]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CAPTAIN JUNE</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter I</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">June</span> had never sat still so long during the
+whole six years of his existence. His slender
+body usually so restless and noisy was motionless;
+his hands too fond of teasing and
+mischief lay limp in his lap, even his tongue
+was still and that was the most wonderful of
+all. The only part of him that stirred was a
+sparkling pair of gray eyes that were looking
+out upon the strangest world they had ever
+seen.</p>
+
+<p>The entire day had been one of enchantment,
+from the first waking hour when he discovered
+that the engines on the big steamer
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page4" id="page4"></a>[pg&nbsp;4]</span>
+where he had lived for seventeen days had
+stopped, and that the boat was actually lying
+at anchor just off the coast of Japan. Seki
+San, his Japanese nurse who had cared for
+him ever since he was a baby, had been so
+eager to look out of the port-hole that she
+could scarcely attend to her duties, and the
+consequence was that he had to stand on the
+sofa and hook his mother's dress and help her
+with the little pins at the back of the neck
+while Seki San finished the packing. June
+could not dress himself but he knew a great
+deal about hooks and eyes and belt pins.
+When mother got in a hurry she lost things,
+and experience had taught him that it was
+much easier to fasten the pin where it belonged
+than to spend fifteen minutes on the floor
+looking for it.</p>
+
+<p>At last when all the bags and trunks were
+ready, and the pilot and the health officer had
+come aboard, and everybody had waited until
+they could not wait another moment, the passengers
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page5" id="page5"></a>[pg&nbsp;5]</span>
+were brought ashore in a wheezy,
+puffy launch, and were whirled up to the
+hotel in queer little buggies drawn by small
+brown men with bare legs and mushroom
+hats, and great sprawling signs on their backs.</p>
+
+<p>Since then June had sat at a front window
+too engrossed to speak. Just below him lay
+the Bund or sea-road, with the wall beyond
+where the white waves broke in a merry
+splash and then fell back to the blue water
+below. Out in the harbor there were big black
+merchant steamers, and white men-of-war,
+there were fishing schooners, and sampans
+with wobbly, crooked oars. But the street
+below was too fascinating to see much beyond
+it. Jinrikishas were coming and going with
+passengers from the steamers and the coolies
+laughed and shouted to each other in passing.
+Women and girls clattered by on wooden
+shoes with funny bald-headed, slant-eyed
+babies strapped on their backs. On the hotel
+steps, a little girl in a huge red turban and a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page6" id="page6"></a>[pg&nbsp;6]</span>
+gorgeous dress of purple and gold was doing
+handsprings, while two boys in fancy dress
+sang through their noses and held out fans to
+catch the pennies that were tossed from the
+piazza above.</p>
+
+<p>If Cinderella, and Jack the Giant Killer,
+and Aladdin and Ali Baba had suddenly appeared,
+June would not have been in the least
+surprised. It was where they all lived, there
+could be no possible doubt as to that. Here
+was the biggest picture book he had ever seen,
+the coming true of all the fairy-tales he had
+ever heard.</p>
+
+<p>He was dimly conscious that in the room
+behind him Seki San was unpacking trunks
+and boxes, and that his mother was coming
+and going and leaving hurried instructions.
+Once he heard her say, &quot;Don't say anything
+to him about it, Seki, I'll tell him when he has
+to be told.&quot; But just then a man went by
+with a long pole across his shoulder and round
+baskets on each end, and in the baskets were
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page7" id="page7"></a>[pg&nbsp;7]</span>
+little shining silver fishes, and June forgot all
+about what his mother was saying.</p>
+
+<p>June's father was a young army officer
+stationed in the Philippines. June was born
+there but when still a baby he had been desperately
+ill and the doctor had sent him back
+to the States and said he must not return for
+many years. It was a great grief to them all
+that they had to be separated, but Capt. Royston
+had gotten two leaves of absence and
+come home to them, and now this summer
+June and his mother had come all the way
+from California to meet him in Japan.</p>
+
+<p>June was not his real name. It was Robert
+Rogers Royston, Junior, but mother said
+there never could be but one Robert for her,
+and father did not like the Rogers for a Christian
+name, so they called him Junior, and Junior
+soon got bobbed off into June. The name
+suited him too, for a sunshinier little chap you
+never saw. He never seemed to know that
+he was not as strong as other boys, and when
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page8" id="page8"></a>[pg&nbsp;8]</span>
+his throat was very bad and his voice would
+not come, why he sat up in bed and whistled,
+just the keenest, cheeriest, healthiest whistle
+you ever heard.</p>
+
+<p>It was on the indoor days that Seki San
+used to tell him about her wonderful country
+across the sea, of the little brown houses with
+the flower gardens on the roofs, of the constant
+clatter, clatter of the wooden shoes, and
+the beautiful blossoms that rained down on
+you like snow.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Where are the blossoms?&quot; he demanded,
+suddenly turning in his chair. &quot;You said
+they came down thick and white and that I
+could let them fall over my face.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki San did not answer, she was kneeling
+beside a very disconsolate figure that lay
+on the bed with face buried in the pillows.
+When June spoke, his mother sat up and
+pushed back her tumbled hair. She was a very
+little mother with round eyes and lips as red
+as June's, only now her eyes were red and her
+lips trembling.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page9" id="page9"></a>[pg&nbsp;9]</span>
+&quot;You may go in the other room, Seki San,&quot;
+she said, &quot;I want to talk to June by himself.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June sidled up cautiously and took a seat
+near her on the bed. The one unbearable
+catastrophe to him was for his mother to cry.
+It was like an earthquake, it shook the very
+foundations on which all his joys were built.
+Sometimes when the postman forgot to leave
+a letter, and occasionally when he was sick
+longer than usual, mother cried. But those
+were dark, dreadful times that he tried not
+to think about. Why the tears should come
+on this day of all days he could not understand.</p>
+
+<p>She put her arm around him and held him
+close for a long time before she spoke. He
+could feel the thump, thump of her heart as
+he leaned against her.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;June,&quot; she said at last, &quot;you are going to
+be a soldier like father, aren't you?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June's eyes brightened. &quot;Yes, and carry
+a sword!&quot; he said.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page10" id="page10"></a>[pg&nbsp;10]</span>
+&quot;There is something more than a sword
+that a soldier has to have.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;A gun?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Mother shook her head. &quot;It's courage,
+June! It's something I haven't got a scrap
+of. You'll have to be brave for us both!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I'm not afraid,&quot; declared June. &quot;I go to
+bed in the dark and go places by myself or
+anything.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I don't mean that way,&quot; said his mother.
+&quot;I mean doing hard things just because they
+are right, staying behind for instance when&mdash;when
+somebody you love very much has to go
+away and leave you.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June sat up and looked at her. &quot;Who's
+going away?&quot; he demanded.</p>
+
+<p>Mother's voice faltered. &quot;Father's terribly
+ill with a fever, June. The letter was waiting
+here, it is from our old doctor in Manila, he
+says, 'Come on first steamer, but don't bring
+the boy.'&quot; The earth seemed suddenly to be
+slipping from under June's feet, he clutched
+at his mother's hand. &quot;I am going too!&quot; he
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page11" id="page11"></a>[pg&nbsp;11]</span>
+cried in quick alarm, &quot;I won't stay behind, I
+can't, mother!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Her arm tightened about him. &quot;But I
+don't dare take you, June, think of the terrible
+heat and the fever, and you are the only little
+boy I've got in the world, and I love you so!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I won't take the fever,&quot; protested June.
+&quot;I'll be good. I'll mind every word Seki
+says.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But Seki isn't going. She wants to take
+you home with her down to a little town on
+the Inland Sea, where there are all sorts of
+wonderful things to do. Would you stay with
+her, June, while I go to father?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Her voice pleaded with eagerness and
+anxiety, but June did not heed it. Slipping
+from her arms, he threw himself on the floor
+and burst into a passion of tears. All the joys
+of the enchanted country had vanished, nothing
+seemed to count except that mother was
+thinking of leaving him in this strange land
+and sailing away from him across the sea.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Don't cry so, June, listen,&quot; pleaded his
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page12" id="page12"></a>[pg&nbsp;12]</span>
+mother. &quot;I have not decided, I am trying
+to do what is best.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But June refused to be consoled. Over
+and over he declared that he would not stay,
+that he would rather have the fever, and die
+than to be left behind.</p>
+
+<p>By and by the room grew still, his mother
+no longer tried to pacify him, only the ticking
+of the little traveling clock on the table broke
+the stillness. He peeped through his fingers
+at the silent figure in the chair above him. He
+had never seen her look so white and tired,
+all the pretty smiles and dimples seemed gone
+forever, her eyes were closed and her lips
+were tightly drawn together. June crept close
+and slipped his hand into hers. In an instant
+her arms were about him.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I don't know what to do, nor where to
+turn,&quot; she sobbed. &quot;I am afraid to take you
+and afraid to leave you. What must I do?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was sure he did not know but when
+mothers are little and helpless and look at you
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page13" id="page13"></a>[pg&nbsp;13]</span>
+as if you were grown up, you have to think
+of a way. He was standing beside her with
+his arm around her neck, and he could feel
+her trembling all over. Father often said in
+his letters, &quot;Be sure to take care of that
+little Mother of yours,&quot; but it had always
+seemed a joke until now. He sighed, then he
+straightened his shoulders:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I'll stay, Mudderly,&quot; he said, then he
+added with a swallow, &quot;Maybe it will help
+me to be a soldier when I get big!&quot;</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page14" id="page14"></a>[pg&nbsp;14]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter II</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">&quot;Seki San</span>, look at the old woman with black
+teeth! What made them black? What have
+the little girls got flowers in their hair for?
+What are they ringing the bell for?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki San sitting on her heels at the car
+window tried to answer all June's questions
+at once. The sad parting was over. Mrs.
+Royston had left in the night on the steamer
+they had crossed in, and the Captain and the
+Purser and all the passengers were going to
+take care of her until she got to Hong Kong,
+and after that it was only a short way to
+Manila, and once she was with Father, June
+felt that his responsibility ceased.</p>
+
+<p>When they first boarded the train, June
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page15" id="page15"></a>[pg&nbsp;15]</span>
+had sat very quiet. If you wink fast and
+swallow all the time, you can keep the tears
+back, but it does not make you feel any better
+inside.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;If God has got to take somebody,&quot; June
+said at length gloomily, &quot;I think He might
+take one of my grandmothers. I have got
+four but one of them is an old maid.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh no,&quot; said Seki, &quot;she isn't.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;She <i>is</i>,&quot; persisted June, &quot;she keeps every
+thing put away in little boxes and won't let
+me play with them. Seki, do you guess God
+would jes' as lieve for me to have a horn as a
+harp when I go to Heaven? I want a presser
+horn like they have in the band.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But you will not go for many long times!&quot;
+cried Seki, catching his hand as if he were
+about to slip away. &quot;Look out of the window.
+See! They are giving the cow a bath!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>In a field nearby an old man and woman
+were scrubbing a patient-looking cow, and
+when the creature pulled its head away and
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page16" id="page16"></a>[pg&nbsp;16]</span>
+cried because it did not want to get its face
+washed, June laughed with glee. After all,
+one could not be unhappy very long when
+every minute something funny or interesting
+was happening. At every station a crowd of
+curious faces gathered about the car window
+eager to catch a glimpse of the little foreign
+boy, and June, always ready to make friends,
+smiled at them and bobbed his head, which
+made the boys and girls look at each other
+and laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;We bow with our whole self, so,&quot; Seki
+explained, putting her hands on her knees and
+bending her body very low, &quot;and we never
+shake with the hands nor kiss together!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Don't the mothers ever kiss the children
+good-night?&quot; asked June incredulously.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh! no,&quot; said Seki, &quot;we bow.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>While June was thinking about this strange
+state of affairs, a man came close under the
+window, carrying a tray and calling: &quot;<i>Bento!
+Eo Bento!</i>&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page19" id="page19"></a>[pg&nbsp;19]</span>
+Seki San took some money from a little
+purse which she carried in her long sleeve,
+and handing it out to the man, received two
+square wooden boxes and a fat little tea-pot
+with a cup over its head like a cap.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 597px;"> <a name="i17" id="i17"></a>
+<img src="images/illus025.jpg" width="597" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">The Tea-Party on the train.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&quot;Are we going to have a tea-party?&quot; asked
+June, scrambling down from his perch.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;So,&quot; said Seki San, reaching under the
+seat and pulling out a tiny chest, in which
+were other cups and saucers and a jar of tea
+leaves, &quot;we will have very nice tea-parties
+and you shall make the tea.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June, following instructions, put some of
+the tea in the small pot and poured the hot
+water over it, then he helped Seki San spread
+two paper napkins on the seat between them.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Now,&quot; he said, &quot;where's the party?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki San handed him one of the boxes and
+began to untie the string of the other.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I have some sticks tied on to mine!&quot;
+cried June, &quot;two big ones and a tiny little
+one wrapped up in paper.&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page20" id="page20"></a>[pg&nbsp;20]</span>
+&quot;That is your knife and fork and pick-tooth,&quot;
+said Seki San. &quot;You must hold the
+sticks in one hand like this.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But June was too busy exploring the contents
+of the two trays that formed his box to
+stop to take a lesson in the use of chop-sticks.
+The lower tray was full of smooth white rice.
+In the top one, was a bit of omelet and some
+fish, and a queer-looking something that puzzled June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;What is it?&quot; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Guess it!&quot; said Seki mysteriously, &quot;guess
+it with your nose.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It's pickle!&quot; cried June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Pickled sea-weed,&quot; said Seki, &quot;and I have
+also brought you some Japanese candy that
+you pour out of a bottle.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>There was no bread, no butter, no knife
+nor fork nor spoon, but June thought it
+was the very nicest tea-party he had ever
+been to. Sitting with his stocking feet curled
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page21" id="page21"></a>[pg&nbsp;21]</span>
+up under him as Seki had hers, he clattered
+his chop-sticks and spilt the rice all over the
+seat, while they both grew weak with laughter
+over his efforts to feed himself.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Don't you wish you were a little boy, Seki
+San?&quot; he asked when most of the lunch had
+disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Why?&quot; said Seki.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;'Cause,&quot; said June, &quot;you'd have such a
+good time playing with me all the time!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But no,&quot; said Seki seriously, &quot;I must be
+big womans to take care of you.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;And tell me stories!&quot; added June with
+policy: &quot;tell me 'bout Tomi now.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Tomi?&quot; said Seki San, smiling. &quot;You
+going see Tomi very soon, to-morrow, perhaps
+to-night. Tomi very bad little dog, makes
+a cross bark at all big peoples, but loves
+little children. When Tomi very little his nose
+stick out, so&mdash;Japanese think it very ugly for
+little pug-dog's nose to stick out, so we push
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page22" id="page22"></a>[pg&nbsp;22]</span>
+it in easy every day. Now Tomi has nice flat
+nose, but he sneeze all the time so&mdash;kerchoo,
+kerchoo, kerchoo.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June laughed at the familiar story, but
+suddenly he sobered:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Say, Seki, I don't think it was very nice
+to push his nose in; I wouldn't like to have
+my nose pushed in so I would have to sneeze
+all the rest of my life.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Ah! but he must be beautiful! Tomi
+would not be happy if his nose stuck out when
+other pug-doggies had nice flat nose. Tomi
+is very happy, he is grateful.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>It was quite dark when they reached their
+destination; June had been asleep and when
+he slipped out on the platform he could not
+remember at all where he was; Seki's mother
+and her sisters and brothers besides all the
+relatives far and near had come to welcome
+her back from America, and quite a little crowd
+closed in about her, bowing and bowing and
+chattering away in Japanese.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page23" id="page23"></a>[pg&nbsp;23]</span>
+June stood, rather forlornly, to one side.
+This time last night Mother had been with
+him, he could speak to her and touch her, and
+now&mdash;it was a big, strange world he found
+himself in, and even Seki seemed his Seki no
+longer.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly he felt something rub against his
+leg, and then he heard a queer sound that
+somehow sounded familiar. Stooping down
+he discovered a flat-nosed little pug that was
+kissing his hand just as if it had been brought
+up in America.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It's Tomi,&quot; cried June in delight, and the
+pug, recognizing his name, capered more
+madly still, only stopping long enough to
+sneeze between the jumps.</p>
+
+<p>Ten minutes later June was sitting beside
+Seki San in a broad jinrikisha, rushing through
+the soft night air, down long gay streets full
+of light and color and laughter, round sharp
+corners, up steep hills, over bridges where he
+could look down and see another world of
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page24" id="page24"></a>[pg&nbsp;24]</span>
+paper lanterns and torches, and always the
+twinkling legs and the big round hat of the
+jinrikisha man bobbing steadily along before
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Is it like a story-book all the time?&quot; he
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>Seki San laughed: &quot;Oh, no, June, story-book
+land is back in America, where the
+grown-up houses are, and the rich, fine furnitures,
+and the strange ways. This is just
+home, my very dear home, and I have such
+glad feelings to be here!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June cuddled close and held her hand, and
+if he felt a wee bit wistful, and wiped his eyes
+once in a while on her sleeve, he did it very
+carefully, so that Seki would have nothing to
+spoil the glad feeling in her heart at being
+home again.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page25" id="page25"></a>[pg&nbsp;25]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter III</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> new life which opened up for June was
+brimming over with interest. Seki San lived
+in a regular toy house, which was like a lot of
+little boxes fitted into one big one. One whole
+side was open to the garden and a tiny railed
+balcony ran around outside the rooms. The
+walls were made of white paper, and when
+the sun shone all sorts of pretty shadows
+danced on them, and when it rained everybody
+ran about to put up the wooden screens, and
+fasten the house up snug and tight until the
+shower was over. A flight of low steps cut
+in the rock led down to a bamboo wicker, and
+here green lizards sunned themselves all day
+and blinked in friendly fashion at the passer-by.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page26" id="page26"></a>[pg&nbsp;26]</span>
+The night June arrived he had looked
+about blankly and said:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But Seki, there isn't any furniture in your
+house; haven't you got any bed, or chairs or
+table?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>And Seki had laughed and told the others
+and everybody laughed until June thought he
+had been impolite.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I like it,&quot; he hastened to add, &quot;it's the
+nicest house I ever was in, 'cause, don't you
+see, there isn't anything to break.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>It was quite wonderful to see how easily
+one can get along without furniture. After
+one has sat on his heels, and slept on the floor
+and eaten off a tiny table no bigger than a
+footstool, it seems the most sensible thing in
+the world. June did hang up one picture and
+that was a photograph of his mother. She
+had left him two, but one was taken with her
+hat on.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I don't like for her always to look as if she
+was going away!&quot; he said to Seki San when
+she wanted to put them both up.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page27" id="page27"></a>[pg&nbsp;27]</span>
+The life, interesting as it was, might have
+proven lonely, had it not been for Seki's
+younger brother, Toro, who was two years
+older than June. Although neither could understand
+a word the other said, yet a very great
+friendship had sprung up between them. &quot;We
+understand just like dogs,&quot; June explained to
+Seki San.</p>
+
+<p>All day long the two boys played down
+by the river bank, paddling about in the
+shallow shimmering water, building boats and
+putting them out to sea, sailing their kites from
+the hill top, or best of all, sitting long hours
+on the parade grounds watching the drilling
+of the soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes when they were very good,
+Seki San would get permission for them to
+play in the daimyo's garden and those days
+were red-letter days for June. The garden
+was very old and very sacred to the Japanese,
+for in long years past it had belonged to an
+old feudal lord, and now it was the property
+of the Emperor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page28" id="page28"></a>[pg&nbsp;28]</span>
+From the first June had cherished a secret
+belief that somewhere in its leafy bowers he
+would come across the Sleeping Beauty. It
+was all so old and so still that even the breezes
+whispered as they softly stirred the tree-tops.
+In the very heart of the garden a little blue
+lake smiled up at the sky above, and all about
+its edges tall flags of blue and gold threw
+their bright reflections in the water below. A
+high-arched bridge all gray with moss, led
+from one tiny island to another, while along
+the shore old stone lanterns, very stiff and
+stern, stood sentinel over the quiet of the
+place. Here and there a tempting little path
+led back into mysterious deeps of green, and
+June followed each one with the half expectancy
+of finding the cobwebby old place, and the
+vine-grown steps, and the Sleeping Beauty
+within.</p>
+
+<p>One day when they were there, Toro became
+absorbed in a little house he was building
+for the old stork who stood hour after hour
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page29" id="page29"></a>[pg&nbsp;29]</span>
+under the cool shadow of the arching bridge.
+June, getting tired of the work, wandered off
+alone, and as he went deeper into the tangle
+of green, he thought more and more of the
+Sleeping Beauty.</p>
+
+<p>It was cool and mysterious under the close
+hanging boughs, and the sunshine fell in white
+patches on the head of an old stone Buddha,
+whose nose was chipped off, and whose forefinger
+was raised in a perpetual admonition to
+all little boys to be good. Just ahead a low
+flight of stairs led up to a dark recess where
+a shrine was half concealed by a tangle of vines
+and underbrush. June cautiously mounted
+the steps; he was making believe that he was
+the prince in the fairy-tale, and that when he
+should push through the barrier of brier roses
+he would find the Sleeping Beauty within the
+shrine.</p>
+
+<p>As he reached the top step, a sound made
+him pause and catch his breath. It was not
+the ripple of the falling water that danced
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page30" id="page30"></a>[pg&nbsp;30]</span>
+past him down the hillside, it was not the
+murmur of the wind in the bamboos overhead;
+it was the deep regular breathing very close
+to him of some one asleep. For a moment
+June wanted to run away, but then he remembered
+the golden hair and blue eyes of the princess
+and with heart beating very fast, he
+pushed through the underbrush and stumbled
+over some one lying in the grass.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page31" id="page31"></a>[pg&nbsp;31]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter IV</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">But</span> when June picked himself up and turned
+about, he found a very curious looking man
+sitting up glaring at him. He had a long
+pointed nose, and fierce little eyes that glowed
+like red hot cinders, and a drooping white
+mustache so long that it almost touched the
+lapels of his shabby French uniform.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;What do you mean by falling over me
+like that?&quot; he demanded indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I&mdash;I&mdash;thought you was somebody else,&quot;
+June faltered lamely.</p>
+
+<p>The man glared more fiercely than ever:
+&quot;You were looking for some one! You were
+sent here to watch someone! Who did you
+think I was? Answer me this moment.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>He had caught June by the arm and was
+glaring at him so savagely that June blurted
+out in terror.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page32" id="page32"></a>[pg&nbsp;32]</span>
+&quot;I thought you was the Sleeping Beauty.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>For a moment, suspicion lingered in the
+man's face, then his eyes went to and his
+mouth went open, and he laughed until June
+thought he would never get the wrinkles
+smoothed out of his face again.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;The Sleeping Beauty, eh?&quot; he said.
+&quot;Well, whom do you think I am now?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June smiled in embarrassment. &quot;I know
+who you look like,&quot; he said, half doubtfully.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Who?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;The White Knight,&quot; said June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Who is he?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;In 'Alice in Wonderland,'&quot; explained
+June. Then when he saw the man's look of
+perplexity, he added incredulously, &quot;Didn't
+you <i>never</i> hear of 'Alice in Wonderland'?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>The man shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>June was astounded; he didn't know that
+such ignorance existed in the world.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Didn't you never go to school?&quot; he asked
+sympathetically.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page33" id="page33"></a>[pg&nbsp;33]</span>
+&quot;Oh yes, a little,&quot; said the man, with a funny
+smile, &quot;but tell me about this White Knight.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June sat down quite close to him and began
+confidentially:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He was the one that met Alice in the
+wood. Don't you remember just before she
+was going to be queen? He kept falling off
+his horse first on one side and then on the
+other, and he would have to climb up again
+by the mouse traps.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;The mouse traps, on horse-back?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Yes, the Knight was afraid the mice <i>might</i>
+come and he didn't want them to run over
+him. Besides he invented the mouse traps
+and course, you know, somebody had to
+use them.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Of course,&quot; said the man taking June's
+hand and looking at it as a person looks at
+something that he has not seen for a very long
+time.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He invented lots of things,&quot; went on June
+earnestly, &quot;bracelets for the horse's feet to
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page34" id="page34"></a>[pg&nbsp;34]</span>
+keep off shark-bites, and something else to
+keep your hair from falling out.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Eh! what's that?&quot; said his companion
+rubbing his hand over his own bald head.</p>
+
+<p>June's eyes twinkled. &quot;You ought to
+train it up on a stick,&quot; he said, &quot;like a vine.
+That was what the White Knight said, that
+hair fell off because it hung down. It
+couldn't fall up, could it?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>At this they both had a great laugh and
+the man said:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;So I am the White Knight, am I?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Just your mustache,&quot; said June; &quot;it was
+when you was mad that you looked like him
+most. You're lots gooder looking than the
+picture. What's your real name?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Monsieur Garnier,&mdash;no, Carré,&quot; he corrected
+himself quickly. &quot;What is your
+name?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;June,&quot; then he added formally, &quot;Robert
+Rogers Royston, Junior's the rest of it.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;How did you come here?&quot; asked Monsieur.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page35" id="page35"></a>[pg&nbsp;35]</span>
+June told him at length; it was delightful
+to find some one beside Seki San who understood
+English, and it was good fun to be telling
+all about himself just as if he were some
+other little boy.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;So your father is a soldier!&quot; said Monsieur,
+and June noticed that a curious wild
+look came into his eyes and that his fingers,
+which had knots on them, plucked excitedly
+at his collar. &quot;Ah! yes, I, too, was a soldier,
+a soldier of France, one time attaché of the
+French Legation, at Tokyo, later civil engineer
+in the employ of the Japanese Government,
+now&mdash;&mdash;!&quot; he shrugged his shoulders
+and his nostrils quivered with anger.
+&quot;Now a cast-off garment, a thing useless, undesired.&quot;
+He tried to rise and June saw that
+he used crutches and that it was very difficult
+for him to walk.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Do you want me to help you?&quot; he asked.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 486px;"> <a name="i37" id="i37"></a>
+<img src="images/illus045.jpg" width="486" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;'Do you want me to help you?'&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The man waved him aside. His eyes had
+changed into red hot cinders again, and he
+seemed to have forgotten that June was there.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page36" id="page36"></a>[pg&nbsp;36]</span>
+&quot;I ask help from nobody,&quot; he muttered
+fiercely, &quot;I live my own life. The beggarly
+Japanese I would never accept from, and my
+own country does not see fit to help me.&quot;
+His chest heaved with wrath, and he twisted
+his mustache indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Why don't you go home?&quot; asked June.</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur turned on him fiercely: &quot;Go
+home? Mon Dieu, do you suppose there is a
+waking hour that I am not thinking, longing,
+praying to be back in France? Do you suppose
+I have left any stone unturned? Any
+plan unmade that might take me away from
+this hateful place? It has been fourteen,
+fifteen years since I came away. It was a
+Japanese that had me dismissed from the
+service; he bore tales to the minister, he told
+what was not true. Oh, then I had honor, I
+was too proud to explain, but now!&quot; he
+lifted a pair of crippled hands to Heaven,
+and shook them violently at the trees above,
+&quot;now I know that honor does not pay, it is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page39" id="page39"></a>[pg&nbsp;39]</span>
+not worth while. I will give anything to get
+back to France!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June sat still and watched him. He had
+never seen anyone behave so queerly, and he
+was very much mixed up as to what it was all
+about.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I guess I have to go now,&quot; he said,
+&quot;Toro's waiting.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur's eyes flashed suspiciously.
+&quot;Who's waiting?&quot; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Toro, he is Seki's brother, he knows how
+to build awful nice houses and blockades too.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Blockades?&quot; repeated Monsieur, &quot;what
+kind of blockades?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Like the soldiers make, we watch them all
+the time; come on, I will show you.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>The two made their way down the steps
+slowly, for Monsieur could go only a little
+way at a time. Toro looked mildly surprised
+when June came back with a companion, but
+he did not give a second glance at Monsieur,
+who was evidently a familiar figure about the
+town.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page40" id="page40"></a>[pg&nbsp;40]</span>
+For a long time the two children played
+in the sand, and Monsieur sat beside them
+and acted as interpreter, speaking first to one
+in Japanese, and then to the other in English,
+giving directions and suggestions and proving
+a first-rate play-fellow.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Why, you know a lot about forts and
+mines and blockades and things, don't you?&quot;
+asked June.</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur looked absently across the lake.
+&quot;Alas!&quot; he said grimly, half to himself, &quot;I
+know too much for their good and for mine.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>When the temple bell from the hillside
+boomed the supper hour, the boys gathered
+up their things and started home.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Good-by,&quot; said June to Monsieur, &quot;I
+hope you'll come back and play with us another
+day.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur bowed very politely, but he did
+not answer, his half-closed eyes still rested
+on the little forts that the boys had been
+making in the sand, and his thoughts seemed
+to be far away.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page41" id="page41"></a>[pg&nbsp;41]</span>
+When June reached the street, he turned to
+wave a good-by, but Monsieur was hobbling
+down the hill, his figure, in spite of the
+crutches, looking very straight and stiff
+against the evening sky.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page42" id="page42"></a>[pg&nbsp;42]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter V</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">It</span> was a long time before June saw Monsieur
+again, for there were picnics up the river,
+with lunches cooked on the bank, there were
+jolly little excursions in sampans, and trips
+to the tea-houses, and flower shows, and an
+endless round of good times. Seki San kept
+June out of doors all day, and watched with
+glee the color return to his cheeks, and the
+angles of his slender body turn into soft
+curves.</p>
+
+<p>At night, she and June and Toro, with
+Tomi frisking and sneezing at their heels,
+would join the happy, chattering crowd that
+thronged the streets, and would make their
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page43" id="page43"></a>[pg&nbsp;43]</span>
+way to the flower market where tall flaming
+torches lit up the long stalls of flowers, and
+where merchants squatting on their heels
+spread their wares on the ground before them,&mdash;curious
+toys, old swords, and tea-pots with
+ridiculous long noses. And in front of every
+door was a great shining paper lantern with
+queer signs painted on it, and other gay lanterns
+of all shapes and sizes and colors went
+dancing and bobbing up and down the streets
+like a host of giant fireflies.</p>
+
+<p>It was no wonder that June hated to go
+to bed when so much was happening outside.
+Only the promise of a story moved him when
+Seki gave the final word. But for the sake
+of a story he would have gone to the moon, I
+believe, and stayed there too.</p>
+
+<p>When at last he was bathed and cuddled
+down in his nest on the floor with a huge
+kimono&mdash;four times as big as the ones Seki
+wore&mdash;spread over him, Seki would sit on her
+heels beside him, sewing with an endless
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page44" id="page44"></a>[pg&nbsp;44]</span>
+thread, which she only cut off from the reel
+when the seam was finished. And June would
+watch her pretty, plump little hands, and the
+shadows of her moving fingers as he listened
+to queer tales of the sea-gods and their palace
+under the waves. Sometimes she would tell
+of the old samurai and their dark deeds of revenge,
+of attacks on castles, and fights in the
+moats, and the imaginary clashing of swords
+and shouts of men would get so real to June
+that he would say:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I don't want any more scareful ones to-night.
+Please tell me about the little mosquito
+boy.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Then Seki would begin: &quot;Very long
+times ago, lived very good little boy, who
+never want to do anything but reverence his
+mother and his father, and his grandfathers
+and grandmothers. All times he think it over
+to himself how he can serve his parents. One
+night the wind blow up from the south and
+bring a thousand hundred <i>ka</i>, mosquito you
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page45" id="page45"></a>[pg&nbsp;45]</span>
+call him, and they bite very much. So good
+little boy takes off all his clothes and lies at
+the door of his house so mosquitoes bite him
+and get so full of boy that they have not room
+more for father and mother.&quot; At which point
+June would never fail to laugh with delight,
+and Seki would look hurt and puzzled and
+say, &quot;Not funny, June, very fine, kind, and
+noble of good little boy.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>After Seki had put out the light and joined
+the rest of the family in the garden, June
+would lie very still and the thoughts that had
+been crowded down in the bottom of his heart
+all day would come creeping up and whisper
+to him. &quot;Mother is a long way off; suppose
+she has gotten lost and never comes back
+again. Perhaps I haven't got a father any
+more, maybe the soldiers have put him in the
+ground as they did Teddy's papa. Suppose
+I have to live here always and grow up to be
+a Japanese man, and never see the ranch in
+California nor my pony any more?&quot; And
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page46" id="page46"></a>[pg&nbsp;46]</span>
+a big sob would rise in his throat and he was
+glad of the dark, for the tears would come no
+matter how hard he tried to keep them back.
+But he never called Seki, nor let any one know.
+Sometimes he got up and got his little gun
+and took it back to bed with him; it was so
+much easier to be a soldier if you had a gun
+in your hand.</p>
+
+<p>But one morning when he awoke, two delightful
+things happened. First he saw up in
+the air, apparently swimming about over the
+house-tops, an enormous red fish as large as
+he was, and when he ran to the door there
+were others as far as he could see waving and
+floating about tall poles that were placed outside
+nearly every house.</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting to be dressed he rushed
+into the garden to ask Seki San what it all
+meant. When she saw him, she dropped the
+letter she was reading and came toward him
+as fast as her little pigeon toes would carry
+her.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page47" id="page47"></a>[pg&nbsp;47]</span>
+&quot;It's from your mother,&quot; she cried, her
+face beaming with joy. &quot;She did never get
+losted at all. She is with your father now,
+and he will have the strength again, and they
+will come back so sooner as he can journey.
+Oh! I could die for the happiness!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June jumped up and down, and Seki San
+giggled, and Tomi barked until the family
+came out to see what was the matter.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;And what did she say? Tell me!&quot; demanded
+June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;All this, and this, and this,&quot; said Seki,
+spreading out the closely written sheets. Then
+with many pauses and much knitting of brows
+and pointing of fingers, she read the letter
+aloud. There was very little about the sad
+journey, or the dreadful fever, or the life at the
+hospital. It was mostly about June, whether
+he was well, whether he was very unhappy,
+if he coughed at night, if he missed her very
+much.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;And these at the end I sink I can not
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page48" id="page48"></a>[pg&nbsp;48]</span>
+read,&quot; concluded Seki, pointing to a long row
+of circles and dots.</p>
+
+<p>June looked over her shoulder. &quot;Why
+Seki!&quot; he exclaimed, &quot;that's the only part I
+can read! They are kisses and hugs, I showed
+her how to make them. That long one is a
+pink kiss, and this starry one is silver with
+golden spangles,&quot; he laughed with delight;
+then his eye catching sight of the fish overhead,
+he said:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Say Seki, why did they put out the fish?
+Is it because my father is getting well?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki San smilingly shook her head.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It's a matsuri, a festival,&quot; she explained;
+&quot;this is the boys' day and wherever a boy
+live, they put out a big paper fish with round
+mouth open so&mdash;&mdash;, and when the wind flow
+in, the fish grow big and fat and make like
+swim in the air.&quot;</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 515px;"> <a name="i49" id="i49"></a>
+<img src="images/illus057.jpg" width="515" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;'It's a Matsuri&mdash;a festival,' Seki explained.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&quot;But why do they put out fishes?&quot; persisted
+June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;'Tis the carp fish,&quot; said Seki San, &quot;because
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page51" id="page51"></a>[pg&nbsp;51]</span>
+the carp very strong and brave, he swim
+against the current, fight his way up the waterfall,
+not afraid of the very bad discouragings,
+like good boy should be.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was much more interested in the fish
+than in the moral, and when Toro brought a
+big red one for him and a paper cap and banner,
+he hastened away to be dressed so that
+he could be ready for the festivities.</p>
+
+<p>Taking it all in all, it was about the happiest
+day he had ever spent in his life. When
+he and Toro started forth the streets were already
+full of people, men and women in holiday
+attire, little girls in bright red petticoats
+and fancy pins in their hair, every boy with a
+fish on a stick, small children with bald-headed
+babies tied on their backs, all trotting
+merrily along to the matsuri.</p>
+
+<p>Everywhere June went a crowd went behind
+him, for a little foreign boy with gray
+eyes and fair hair, and strange foreign clothes
+was one of the greatest sights of the day.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page52" id="page52"></a>[pg&nbsp;52]</span>
+Sometimes a woman would stop him and look
+at his hat or his shoes, and a circle would close
+in and Toro would be bombarded with questions.
+But the people were always so polite,
+and their admiration was so evident, that June
+was rather pleased, and when he smiled and
+spoke to them in English, they bowed again
+and again, and he bowed back, then they all
+laughed.</p>
+
+<p>It was a terrible trial to June not to be able
+to ask questions. He was brimful of curiosity
+and everything he saw and heard had a
+dozen questions hanging to it. Usually Seki
+San supplied the answers but to-day Toro
+was in command, and while he was a very
+careful little guide, keeping tight hold of
+June's hand, pointing out all the interesting
+sights, and trying to explain by sign and
+gesture, still he did not know a single word
+of English.</p>
+
+<p>After passing through many gay streets
+they came to a tall red gate which June had
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page53" id="page53"></a>[pg&nbsp;53]</span>
+come to recognize as the entrance to sacred
+ground. But inside it was not in the least
+like any churchyard he had ever seen. It was
+more like the outside of a circus where everything
+delightful was happening at once. On
+one side was a sandman making wonderful
+pictures on the ground with colored sand.
+First he made a background of fine white
+sand, then out of papers folded like cornucopias
+he formed small streams of black and
+red sand, skilfully tracing the line of a mountain,
+using a feather to make the waves of the
+sea, and a piece of silver money to form the
+great round moon, and before you knew it there
+was the very picture you had seen on fans and
+screens and tea-pots ever since you could remember,
+even down to the birds that were
+flying across the moon.</p>
+
+<p>Then there were jugglers and tight rope
+walkers, and sacred pigeons that lit on your
+head and shoulders and ate corn out of your
+hand. June thought he had never seen such
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page54" id="page54"></a>[pg&nbsp;54]</span>
+greedy pigeons before. Two or three perched
+on his hand at once, and scolded and pushed
+each other, and even tried to eat the buttons
+off his blouse!</p>
+
+<p>Up the mountain side, flanked by rows of
+stone lanterns, ran a wide flight of steps and
+at the top was the gate-way to the temple itself.
+On either side were sort of huge cages,
+and in them the most hideous figures June
+had ever seen! They were fierce looking
+giants with terrible glass eyes and snarling
+mouths with all the teeth showing, just as the
+Ogre's did in the fairy tale. One was painted
+all over green, and the other was red, and
+they held out clutching fingers as if ready to
+pounce upon the passer-by. While June was
+looking at them and feeling rather glad that
+they were inside the cages, he saw two old
+men dressed in white, climb slowly up the
+steps and kneel before the statues. Bowing
+their heads to the earth and muttering prayers,
+they took from their belts some slips of paper,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page55" id="page55"></a>[pg&nbsp;55]</span>
+and after chewing them into wads began
+gravely to throw them at the fierce green demon
+behind the bars.</p>
+
+<p>June giggled with joy, this was something
+he could quite understand. Taking advantage
+of Toro's attention being distracted, he
+promptly began to make wads too, and before
+Toro could stop him he was vigorously pelting
+the scowling image. In an instant there
+was angry remonstrance and a group of indignant
+worshipers gathered around. Fortunately
+Seki San appeared on the scene in
+time to prevent trouble.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But I was only doing what the others
+did!&quot; explained June indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It is no harm done,&quot; said Seki, reassuringly
+after a few words to those about her,
+&quot;you not understand our strange ways. These
+are our Nio or temple guardians that frighten
+away the evil, bad spirits.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;What makes the pilgrims throw at them,
+then?&quot; asked June.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page56" id="page56"></a>[pg&nbsp;56]</span>
+&quot;They throw prayers,&quot; answered Seki
+San very seriously, &quot;they buy paper prayers
+from the old man at the gate, and throw them
+through the grating. If the prayer sticks, it
+is answered, if it falls down it is not answered.
+Come, I will show you!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>They went very close, and looked through
+the bars; there on the grating, on the floor
+and even on the ceiling above them were
+masses of tiny paper wads, the unanswered
+prayers of departed thousands.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Well, three of mine stuck!&quot; said June with
+satisfaction. &quot;Do you suppose it's too late
+to make a prayer on them now?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki thought after considering the matter
+that it was not.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But I haven't got anything left to pray
+for!&quot; said June, regretting the lost opportunity.
+&quot;Father's getting well, and he and
+Mother are coming home, and I have got
+pretty near everything I want. I believe
+I'd like another fish though, and oh! yes, I
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page57" id="page57"></a>[pg&nbsp;57]</span>
+want a little pug dog, jes' 'zactly like
+Tomi.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It's tiffin time,&quot; said Seki San, &quot;and
+after that will be the fire-work.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;In the day-time?&quot; asked June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh yes, very fine nice fire-work,&quot; said Seki.</p>
+
+<p>They left the temple grounds, and made
+their way up the river road, where everybody
+was having a tea-party out under the trees.
+Seki San secured a tiny table for them and
+they sat on their heels and ate rice out of a
+great white wooden bucket, and fluffy yellow
+omelet out of a round bowl, and the sunshine
+came dancing down through the dainty, waving
+bamboo leaves, and everybody was laughing
+and chattering and from every side came
+the click-clack of the wooden shoes, and the
+tinkle of samisens and the music of falling
+water.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Toro pulled June's sleeve and
+motioned excitedly to the road-way. Coming
+toward them in a jinrikisha, looking very
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page58" id="page58"></a>[pg&nbsp;58]</span>
+pale and thin and with both arms in bandages,
+sat Monsieur.</p>
+
+<p>June broke away from Seki and raced after
+the jinrikisha. &quot;Oh! Mister,&quot; he cried, &quot;Mr.
+Frenchman.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur, hearing the English words,
+stopped his man and turned around. When
+he saw a very flushed little boy in blouse suit
+and a wide brimmed hat, he smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Ah!&quot; he cried, &quot;my friend of the garden!
+My prince who found the Sleeping Beauty.&quot;
+Then he began to laugh so hard that it
+started up all his rheumatic pains, and he had
+to sink back and rest before he could speak
+again. &quot;I am very bad since I saw you
+last,&quot; he said; &quot;these dogs of Japanese will
+let me die here. One day in France will
+make me well. I may have it yet&mdash;I must get
+back some way&mdash;some way!&quot; His eyes
+looked excitedly over June's head out into
+space as if trying to span the miles that lay
+between him and his beloved country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page59" id="page59"></a>[pg&nbsp;59]</span>
+&quot;My papa will take you home when he
+comes,&quot; said June; &quot;he's a soldier.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur shrugged his shoulders: &quot;Your
+papa would not care <i>that</i>,&quot; he said, snapping
+his fingers; then seeing June's disappointment
+he added kindly, &quot;But you&mdash;will you not
+come to see me? I will make you more forts,
+I will show you my goldfish.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Yes, I'll come,&quot; said June. &quot;When?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But before Monsieur could answer, Seki
+had called June and the jinrikisha had started
+on its way.</p>
+
+<p>Late in the afternoon, as the revelers
+straggled home tired but happy, June slipped
+his hand into Seki's. The merry noises of the
+day had given place to the quiet chirp of the
+crickets and the drowsy croaking of the frogs,
+and the little breezes that stirred overhead
+sounded sleepy and far away.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Seki,&quot; said June, &quot;I didn't make any
+prayer on that paper that stuck on the old
+giant's nose, do you think it too late?&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page60" id="page60"></a>[pg&nbsp;60]</span>
+&quot;No,&quot; said Seki San, willing to humor him.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Well,&quot; said June sleepily, &quot;I pray that
+the French gentleman will get back home.&quot;</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page61" id="page61"></a>[pg&nbsp;61]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter VI</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">One</span> morning several weeks later, June was
+lying on his back in the garden wishing he
+had someone to play with. Toro was away
+at school and Seki San was having her hair
+dressed. He had watched the latter performance
+so many times that it had ceased
+to interest him. Seki would sit for hours
+on a white mat before the old hair-dresser
+who combed, and looped and twisted the
+long oily strands into butterfly bows of shining
+black.</p>
+
+<p>The only person on the premises who was
+at leisure was Tomi, but that was just the
+trouble, he was so much at leisure that he refused
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page62" id="page62"></a>[pg&nbsp;62]</span>
+to stir from his warm spot on the sunny
+steps no matter how much June coaxed. To
+be sure there was a yellow cat next door, but
+she did not understand English as Tomi did,
+and when June called her, she humped her
+back and would have ruffled her tail if she had
+had one, but Japanese cats do not have tails,
+so when they get angry they always look disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>Just as June was getting a bit lonesome
+the postboy came trotting in with a letter for
+Seki San and June ran in to take it to her.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;For me?&quot; said Seki San, looking very
+comical with one loop of black hair hanging
+over her eye, &quot;from Meester Carré? I sink
+it is a mistake, I do not know Meester
+Carré.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Read it,&quot; demanded June impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It say,&quot; went on Seki San slowly, &quot;that
+Meester Carré is not able to write hisself but
+he desire the writer to ask me will I permit
+the little American boy to come to see him
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page63" id="page63"></a>[pg&nbsp;63]</span>
+to-day. He is sick on the bed, and have the
+low spirit. He will keep safe care of the
+little boy and send him home what time I
+desire.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh, let me go, Seki! Please let me go!&quot;
+cried June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;But who is Meester Carré?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He is the Frenchman,&quot; said June. &quot;He
+is a soldier and has got the rheumatism. He
+has goldfish too, and a sword. Oh Seki,
+please let me go! Oh, do let me go!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Ah yes,&quot; said Seki, &quot;one leg is shorter
+than the other leg and he walks with sticks,
+and he has long white whiskers on his lip,
+ah! yes, I know.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Can I go?&quot; begged June.</p>
+
+<p>Seki San took a long while to think about
+it. She consulted her mother and the old
+man next door, and the doctor who lived at
+the corner, but by and by she came back and
+said he could go.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I will send you in good Tanaka's 'rikisha,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page64" id="page64"></a>[pg&nbsp;64]</span>
+he will take good care of you and bring you
+back at tiffin time.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was greatly excited over the prospect
+and stood unusually still while Seki San buttoned
+him into a starchy white blouse and
+pinned a scarlet flower in his buttonhole.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Can't I pin my flag on too?&quot; he begged,
+and Seki, who could not bear to refuse him
+anything, fastened the bit of red, white and
+blue silk on the other side.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Now keep your body still,&quot; cautioned
+Seki San as she put him in the jinrikisha and
+gave final instructions to Tanaka who was
+bowing and grinning and bowing again,
+&quot;Tanaka will wait for you, and you must
+come when he calls you. Be good little boy!
+<i>Sayonara!</i>&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June had never felt so important in his
+life. To be going out all by himself in a
+jinrikisha was quite like being grown up.
+The only thing lacking to make him quite
+happy was a pair of reins that he might
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page65" id="page65"></a>[pg&nbsp;65]</span>
+imagine he was driving a horse instead of
+a little brown man with fat bare legs and a
+big mushroom hat who looked around every
+few moments to see if he was falling out.</p>
+
+<p>They trotted along the sunny streets, passing
+the temple grounds where the green and
+red Nio made ugly faces all the day, and
+where the greedy pigeons were waiting for
+more corn. They passed over the long bridge,
+skirted the parade ground, then went winding
+in and out of narrow streets until they came
+to a stretch of country road that ran beside
+a moat.</p>
+
+<p>Here there was less to see and June
+amused himself by repeating the few Japanese
+words he had learned. &quot;Ohayo&quot; meant
+&quot;good-morning,&quot; and it was great fun to call it
+out to the children they passed and see them
+bow and call back &quot;Ohayo&quot; in friendly greeting.
+He knew another word too, it was
+&quot;Arigato,&quot; and it meant &quot;thank you.&quot; He
+used it on Tanaka every time he stopped by
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page66" id="page66"></a>[pg&nbsp;66]</span>
+the wayside to pluck a flower for him. Once
+when they rested June saw a queer old tree,
+with a very short body and very long arms
+that seemed to be seeing how far they could
+reach. June thought the tree must have the
+rheumatism, for it was standing on crutches,
+and had knots on its limbs just like Monsieur
+had on his fingers. But the strange part of it
+was that from nearly every branch fluttered a
+small strip of paper with something written on
+it. June had seen this before on other trees,
+and he remembered that Seki San had told him
+that these little papers were poems hung there
+when the tree was covered with cherry blossoms.</p>
+
+<p>Now June always wanted to do everything
+anybody else did, so when they started off
+again, he decided that he would make up a
+poem to hang on the tree as they came back.
+He knew one that he had learned from a big
+boy coming over on the steamer, and he said
+it over softly to himself:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page67" id="page67"></a>[pg&nbsp;67]</span></p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>&quot;King Solomon was the wisest man;</p>
+<p class="i2">He had some ready cash,</p>
+<p>The Queen of Sheeny came along</p>
+<p class="i2">And Solly made a mash.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>To be sure he didn't understand at all
+what it meant, but it sounded nice and funny
+and always made him laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I'd like to make up one out of my own
+head though,&quot; he thought, and he sat so still
+that Tanaka glanced back uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>It was a very hard matter indeed, for when
+you write a poem you have to get two words
+that sound alike, and then find something to
+write about them. It took him so long that
+by the time he finished, the shaft of the jinrikisha
+came down with a jerk and he looked
+up to find that they had stopped in front of a
+house all smothered in vines, with two inquisitive
+little windows peering out like eyes
+behind a tangle of hair. Everything about the
+place looked poor and neglected.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page68" id="page68"></a>[pg&nbsp;68]</span>
+As June and Tanaka made their way up
+the path, June gave an exclamation of delight.
+There about the door were bowls and jars and
+basins of goldfish. Every available receptacle
+had been pressed into service, and big
+fish and tiny ones in every shade of radiant
+gold swam gaily about in the sunshine.</p>
+
+<p>It was such an engrossing sight that June
+almost forgot to go in and speak to Monsieur
+who lay in a bed, near the door.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Ah, at last,&quot; cried the sick man. &quot;My
+little friend is welcome. There, sit in the
+chair. Though I am poor, I live like a gentleman.
+See, I have a bed and chairs and a
+table!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June looked about the shabby crowded
+room, at the dusty flag of France that was
+draped over the window, at the map of France
+that was pinned on the wall beside the bed,
+at the cheap pictures and ornaments and the
+soiled curtains, then he remembered Seki
+San's room, clean and sweet and airy with
+nothing in it but a vase of flowers.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page69" id="page69"></a>[pg&nbsp;69]</span>
+&quot;I'd rather sit on the floor,&quot; he said as he
+took his seat beside the bed, adding immediately,
+&quot;I can stay until twelve o'clock!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Tanaka had gone to take a bath after his
+warm run and to drink tea at the little tea-house
+across the road.</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur lay propped up in bed with his
+bandaged hands lying helpless on the cover-lid.
+But his eyes were soft and kind, and he
+had so many interesting things to talk about
+that June found him a most entertaining host.
+After he had shown June his sword and told
+a wonderful story about it, he returned to the
+goldfish.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Alas, there are but twenty-one now,&quot; he
+sighed. &quot;Napoleon Bonaparte died on Sunday.
+Have you seen the Grand Monarch?
+He is the great shining fellow in the crystal
+bowl. Those smaller ones are his gentlemen-in-waiting.
+Here is Marie Antoinette, is she
+not most beautiful?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was introduced to every one in turn
+and had endless questions to ask in regard to
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page70" id="page70"></a>[pg&nbsp;70]</span>
+the story of each. Monsieur was the only
+person he had ever met who always had
+another story on hand. Everything suggested
+a story, a story was hidden in every nook and
+corner of Monsieur's brain, they fairly bubbled
+over in their eagerness to be told, and
+June was as greedy for more as the pigeons
+were greedy for corn, and he thought up new
+questions while the old ones were getting
+answered.</p>
+
+<p>Once Monsieur recited something in verse
+to him, and that reminded June of his own
+poem.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I made up one coming,&quot; he announced,
+&quot;do you want to hear it?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur did. Monsieur was very fond of
+verse, so June recited it with evident pride:</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<p>&quot;Oh Gee!&quot; said the tree,
+&quot;It seems to me
+That under my branches
+I see a bee!&quot;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page71" id="page71"></a>[pg&nbsp;71]</span>
+&quot;Bravo!&quot; said Monsieur, &quot;you will be a
+poet and a soldier too!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I'd like to write it down,&quot; said June,
+&quot;so I can hang it on the tree.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;To be sure, to be sure,&quot; said Monsieur,
+&quot;you will find pen and ink in the table drawer.
+Not that!&quot; he cried sharply as June took out
+a long sealed envelope. &quot;Give that to me!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June handed the packet to Monsieur in
+some wonder and then continued his search.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Here's a corkscrew,&quot; he said, &quot;and some
+neckties, and a pipe. Here's the pen! And
+may I use this fat tablet?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>When the materials were collected, June
+stretched himself at full length on the floor
+and began the difficult task.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I never did write with a pen and ink
+afore,&quot; he confided to Monsieur, &quot;you will
+have to tell me how to spell the big words.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>The room grew very silent and nothing was
+heard but the scratch, scratch of June's clumsy
+pen, and the occasional question which he
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page72" id="page72"></a>[pg&nbsp;72]</span>
+asked. A strange change had come over Monsieur;
+his face, which had been so kind and
+friendly, grew hard and scheming. He had
+drawn himself painfully up on his elbow and
+was intently watching June's small fingers as
+they formed the letters. Presently he drew the
+long envelope from under his pillow and held
+it in his hand. It was a very fat envelope
+with a long row of stamps in one corner, but
+there was no address on it. Twice he put it
+back and shook his head, and twice he looked
+longingly at the map of France, and at the
+flag over the window, then he took it out
+again.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Will you write something for me now, at
+once?&quot; he demanded in such a hard, quick
+voice that June looked up in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Another poem?&quot; asked June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;No, a name and address on this envelope.
+Begin here and make the letters that I tell
+you. Capital M.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Do you like wiggles on your <i>M's?</i>&quot; asked
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page73" id="page73"></a>[pg&nbsp;73]</span>
+June, flattered by the request and anxious to
+please.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;No matter,&quot; said Monsieur impatiently,
+&quot;we must finish before twelve o'clock. Now&mdash;small
+o&mdash;&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June put his tongue out, and hunching up
+his shoulders and breathing hard proceeded
+with his laborious work. It was hard enough
+to keep the lines from running uphill and the
+letters from growing bigger and bigger, but
+those difficulties were small compared to the
+task of guiding a sputtering, leaking pen.
+Once or twice he forgot and tried to rub out
+with the other end of it and the result was
+discouraging. When a period very large and
+black was placed after the final word, he
+handed the letter dubiously to Monsieur.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Does it spell anything?&quot; he asked. Monsieur
+eagerly read the scrawling address.
+&quot;Yes, yes,&quot; he answered, &quot;now put it inside
+your blouse, so. When you get home wait
+until nobody is looking, then put it in the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page74" id="page74"></a>[pg&nbsp;74]</span>
+mail-box. Do you understand? When nobody
+is looking! Nobody must know, nobody
+must suspect, do you understand?&quot;</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 565px;"> <a name="i75" id="i75"></a>
+<img src="images/illus083.jpg" width="565" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;'Does it spell anything?' June asked.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh, I know, it's a secret!&quot; cried June in
+delight. &quot;I had a secret with mother for a
+whole week once. I wouldn't tell anything
+if I said I wouldn't, would you?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was looking very straight at Monsieur,
+his round eyes shining with honesty,
+but Monsieur's eyes shifted uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I would never betray a trust,&quot; he said
+slowly, &quot;if I were trusted. But they believed
+lies, they listened to tales that the beggarly
+Japanese carried. They have made me what
+I am.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June was puzzled. &quot;Who did?&quot; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>But Monsieur did not heed him; he was
+breathing quickly and the perspiration stood
+out on his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;And you will be very careful and let no
+one see you mail it,&quot; he asked eagerly, &quot;and
+never, never speak of it to anybody?&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page77" id="page77"></a>[pg&nbsp;77]</span>
+&quot;Course not,&quot; said June stoutly, &quot;that
+wouldn't be like a soldier, would it? I am
+going to be a soldier, like you and Father,
+when I grow up.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur shuddered: &quot;No, not like me. I
+am no longer a soldier. I am a miserable
+wretch. I&mdash;I am not fit to live.&quot; His voice
+broke and he threw his arm across his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>June looked off into the farthest corner of
+the room and pretended not to see. He felt
+very sorry for Monsieur, but he could think of
+nothing to say. When he did speak he asked
+if goldfish had ears.</p>
+
+<p>When the noon gun sounded on the parade
+grounds, Tanaka came trotting to the
+door with his jinrikisha, smiling and bowing
+and calling softly: &quot;Juna San! Juna San!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June gathered his treasures together, a new
+lead pencil, an old sword hilt, some brass buttons
+and, best of all, a tiny goldfish in a glass
+jar.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Good-bye,&quot; he said as he stood by the bed
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page78" id="page78"></a>[pg&nbsp;78]</span>
+with his hands full, &quot;I am coming back to-morrow
+if Seki will let me;&quot; then a second
+thought struck him and he added, &quot;I think
+you <i>look</i> like a soldier anyhow.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>And Monsieur smiled, and stiffening his
+back lifted a bandaged hand in feeble salute.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page79" id="page79"></a>[pg&nbsp;79]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter VII</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">&quot;Seki San</span>, have you got a big enderlope?&quot;
+June asked the question from the door-step
+where he was sitting with his chin in his hand
+and a very worried look in his face.</p>
+
+<p>It was two days after his visit to Monsieur
+and the big letter was still buttoned in his
+blouse. He had started to mail it as soon as
+he reached home, but just as he was ready to
+drop it in the box, he discovered that every
+&quot;s&quot; turned the wrong way! It was a dreadful
+blow to his pride, for the rest of the
+address was quite imposing with big flourishing
+capitals that stood like generals over the
+small letters, and dots that would have surely
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page80" id="page80"></a>[pg&nbsp;80]</span>
+put out all the &quot;i's&quot; had they fallen on them.
+He never could send Monsieur's letter with
+the &quot;s's&quot; looking backward, he must try to
+set them straight again.</p>
+
+<p>So, very carelessly, in order not to excite
+suspicion, he asked Seki for pen and ink. He
+had written many letters to his mother and
+father, but always in pencil, and Seki hesitated
+about giving him ink.</p>
+
+<p>She said: &quot;Our ink not like your American
+ink, live and quick as water, it hard like
+paint. We not use pen, but brush like which
+you write pictures. I sink it more better you
+use pencil.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But June insisted and when he gained his
+point, he carried the small box into the garden
+and took out his letter. The jar containing
+his goldfish was close by, so he dipped his
+stick of paint into the water and rubbed it
+vigorously on the paint box. At the last moment
+just as his brush was poised in the air,
+he had a moment of misgiving, &quot;maybe 's's'
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page81" id="page81"></a>[pg&nbsp;81]</span>
+do turn that way!&quot; he said, but the brush full
+of paint was a temptation not to be resisted, so
+he took each little &quot;s&quot; by its tail and turned
+it inside out. The paper was soft and thin
+and took the ink like blotting paper. June
+watched with dismay as the lines spread into
+ugly blots, and when he tried to make the
+letters plainer he only made the blots bigger
+until they all seemed to join hands and go
+dancing over the envelope in fiendish glee at
+his discomfort.</p>
+
+<p>For two days he had tried to think of a
+way out of the difficulty but before he could
+find one he would get interested in something
+else and forget about the letter. It was only
+when it felt stiff inside of his blouse that he
+remembered, and then he would stop playing
+and try again to solve the problem. At last
+in desperation he appealed to Seki San for an
+envelope.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It is not so much big,&quot; she said, bringing
+out a long narrow envelope and a roll of
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page82" id="page82"></a>[pg&nbsp;82]</span>
+paper. &quot;Why you want to write such big letter
+to your mother? She coming home soon!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;It isn't big enough,&quot; said June fretfully,
+then an idea struck him. &quot;Seki, I want to go
+see Monsieur to-day.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Seki San sat down on the step beside him
+and shook her head positively:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;No, no,&quot; she said, &quot;not to-day, nor to-morrow,
+nor any day. He is not a good man,
+I made mistakes in letting you go.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He <i>is</i> a good man!&quot; cried June indignantly,
+&quot;he told me stories, and gave me lots of things.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I tell you 'bout him, June,&quot; said Seki San.
+&quot;One time Monsieur very skilful smart man
+in Tokyo. He write pictures of the forts
+and show the Japanese how to find coast in
+time of war. He know more plenty than anybody
+about the coast and the mines. Then he
+is not behave right, and get sent out of the
+service, and he get sick in the hands so he
+can make no more maps, and he come down
+here and live all alone by himself. That was
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page83" id="page83"></a>[pg&nbsp;83]</span>
+long time ago, but yesterday a high up messenger
+come from Tokyo, and asked for Monsieur
+Carré. The Emperor have desire to
+buy his old maps and reports, and get his
+help in making new plans. When the messenger
+come, they say Monsieur fall back on
+the bed very white and afraid, and say he will
+not give up the papers. Then messenger say
+maybe he has sold his papers to a foreign
+country and he get very much angry, and say
+if Monsieur Carré do not give the papers
+in twenty-four hours, he will have him arrested
+and take him to Tokyo. Still Monsieur keep
+the tight lips, and a guard is waiting outside
+his house.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>With troubled eyes, June listened to every
+word. &quot;<i>Did</i> he sell the papers, Seki?&quot; he
+asked anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He will not say,&quot; said Seki, &quot;they say he
+will not say, but it was a bad, wicked act if
+he sold our secrets, and he may die for it!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June stirred restlessly, and the packet in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page84" id="page84"></a>[pg&nbsp;84]</span>
+his blouse caught in his belt. He put up his
+hand to straighten it, and as he did so, a startled
+look of inquiry passed over his face. Could
+those papers in the long envelope have anything
+to do with Monsieur's present trouble?
+Why had Monsieur not wanted him to tell?
+Had his mistake about the &quot;s's&quot; anything
+to do with it all? The secret, which at first
+had seemed such a mysterious and delightful
+possession, suddenly grew into a great and
+terrible burden that he longed to cast at Seki's
+feet and ask her to share.</p>
+
+<p>But the thought of telling what he knew
+never crossed his mind. He had given his
+word, and he felt that to break it would be to
+forfeit forever his chance of becoming a soldier.
+But something must be done, he must go to
+Monsieur and tell him the truth at once.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Seki,&quot; he said persuasively, &quot;Monsieur is
+sick in bed, don't you think it would be nice
+for me to take him a little cake?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;You can not ever go there any more,&quot; repeated
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page87" id="page87"></a>[pg&nbsp;87]</span>
+Seki San positively. &quot;I did a mistakes
+in letting you go.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>In vain June pleaded, every argument that
+he could think of he brought to bear, but Seki
+was firm. By and by he began to cry, at first
+softly, begging between the sobs, then when
+he got angry he cried very loud and declared
+over and over that he would go.</p>
+
+<p>Seki San was amazed at his naughtiness.
+It was the first time since his mother left that
+she had known him to be disobedient. When
+persuasion and coaxing proved in vain, she
+carried him into the house and carefully closing
+the paper screens left him alone. Here
+he lay on the floor and cried louder than ever.
+Seki San and her mother and the old man
+next door stood on the outside and peeped
+through the cracks, gravely discussing the situation.
+Even Tomi sniffed uneasily, and gave
+sharp, unhappy barks.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 375px;"> <a name="i85" id="i85"></a>
+<img src="images/illus093.jpg" width="375" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;They peeped through the cracks, gravely
+discussing the situation.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After ever and ever so long the cries grew
+fainter and gradually ceased, and Seki peeping
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page88" id="page88"></a>[pg&nbsp;88]</span>
+around the screen whispered to the others
+to be very still as he was going to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>June lay quiet on his face, but he was not
+asleep. Once in a while he opened his eyes
+a very little and peeped out, then he closed
+them quickly and listened. By and by he
+heard Seki go back to her work, and the old
+man next door hobble across the garden.
+Inch by inch June crawled over the mats until
+he reached the screen, which he carefully slid
+back. After waiting for a few breathless
+minutes, he reached out and got his shoes
+from the door-step and put them on. Back of
+the house he could hear Seki singing at her
+work, and not six feet away Tomi lay snoozing
+in the sun. Softly and cautiously he
+slipped out of the house, across the strip of
+a garden where all the leaves seemed to be
+shaking their heads at him, through a narrow
+passageway, then out of the gate that divided
+the little world he knew from the vast unknown
+world that lay beyond.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page89" id="page89"></a>[pg&nbsp;89]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter VIII</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Even</span> more than usually quiet and deserted
+was the narrow street. The noon sun glaring
+down on the town had sent everybody
+into the shade, and at first June attracted little
+attention as he trudged off in the direction of
+the parade grounds. He knew the way that
+far, for Toro often took him there to watch the
+men drill. Soldiers passed him now in twos
+and threes, looking very smart in their buff
+uniforms with swords clanking at their sides,
+and as they passed they laughed and turned to
+look curiously at the small foreign boy. In
+fact curious eyes were peering out of many
+of the open front shops, and mothers were
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page90" id="page90"></a>[pg&nbsp;90]</span>
+even holding up their babies and pointing to
+the strange little person who was passing.</p>
+
+<p>Here and there children were dipping
+water with their hands from pails and sprinkling
+the dusty street, and when they saw June
+they paused and gazed open-mouthed, or
+shouted derisively: &quot;Eijin! Eijin!&quot; The
+whole world seemed strange and unfriendly,
+and even the sun tried to see how hot it could
+glare down on June's bare head.</p>
+
+<p>When he reached the parade ground, he
+stopped to rest, but no sooner had he sat down
+than a circle gathered around him, two jinrikisha
+men, four boys, a girl with a baby on
+her back and an old fish woman. There was
+no chatter, they were all too interested to talk,
+they just stood and looked and looked until
+June felt that their eyes were pins and that he
+was the cushion. After a while he turned to
+one of the men and said: &quot;Do you know
+where Monsieur Carré lives?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>They looked at each other and smiled. It
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page91" id="page91"></a>[pg&nbsp;91]</span>
+was much as if a new bird had twittered a
+strange note, and one boy tried to imitate the
+sound and repeated &quot;Carré lives?&quot; to the
+great amusement of the rest.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Monsieur Carré!&quot; went on June, getting
+angry, &quot;he's a Frenchman. Don't you know
+where he lives?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Where he lives?&quot; mimicked the boy and
+they laughed more than ever. June was so
+angry by this time that he could not tell which
+he wanted most to do, to cry or to fight.</p>
+
+<p>Beyond him was a wilderness of criss-cross
+streets with strange eyes peering at him
+from every quarter. What if he should get
+lost and swallowed up for ever in this strange
+place where nobody knew him nor loved him
+nor spoke his language?</p>
+
+<p>Instinctively he looked back toward the
+way he had come. He had only to retrace his
+steps past the parade ground, hurry back in a
+straight line until he came to the big red gate
+that marked the entrance to the temple, and
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page92" id="page92"></a>[pg&nbsp;92]</span>
+then turning to the right run breathlessly
+down the street to the little gate in the wall,
+and after that to throw himself into Seki's
+arms and tell her all his troubles!</p>
+
+<p>But what would become of Monsieur? It
+must be very dreadful to be sick in bed with a
+guard waiting to arrest you if you do not get
+some papers for him, papers which you do not
+possess. And if Monsieur was arrested he
+never would get back to France!</p>
+
+<p>All this flashed through June's mind as he
+sat under the pine tree, trying with all his
+might to keep the black eyes all around from
+seeing that he was about to cry. Just then a
+soldier went by holding himself very erect and
+looking neither to the left nor the right.
+Suddenly June remembered that soldiers did
+not cry, and with resolution he got up and
+turning his back to the temple gate and the
+parade grounds, he continued courageously
+on his way.</p>
+
+<p>Far in the distance he could see, high on a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page93" id="page93"></a>[pg&nbsp;93]</span>
+hill, the old castle which he knew he must pass
+before he should come to Monsieur's. There
+were many streets to be passed, and many
+obstacles to be overcome, for as June got
+further from home the curiosity concerning
+him increased. It was very warm and he was
+tired but he dared not sit down for he dreaded
+the gaping crowd and the curious eyes. By
+and by he came to the old moat which circled
+the castle, and as the road led out into
+the country, the boys who had followed him
+gradually fell back until he realized with joy
+that there were no more wooden shoes clattering
+after him.</p>
+
+<p>In the moat big lotus leaves floated on the
+water and working among them were coolies,
+naked, except for a loin cloth. They were too
+busy to take any notice of a strange little boy,
+so he sat on a rock under a tree for a long
+time and wondered how it would feel to be
+down there under the lily pads and the lotus
+leaves, and if the same hob-goblins and sprites
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page94" id="page94"></a>[pg&nbsp;94]</span>
+that live under the sea did not sometimes
+come to play in the moats, and take moonlight
+rides on the big broad leaves?</p>
+
+<p>The sun which had beaten so fiercely on
+his head was slowly dropping toward the distant
+mountain when he started once more on
+his way, and a long shadow went beside him.
+The shadow was a great relief for it kept him
+company without staring at him. By and by
+even the shadow deserted him and he trudged
+along the country road following a vague impression
+that somewhere around the foot of
+the mountain Monsieur lived.</p>
+
+<p>It was very quiet and lonesome with only
+the crickets and the frogs talking to each
+other out there in the grasses, and June's feet
+were tired and his head ached and he was
+hungry. A big lump kept lodging in his
+throat no matter how often he swallowed.
+Now that the gray twilight was creeping on,
+all sorts of fears assailed him. Ever since he
+could remember Seki San had told him of the
+hob-goblins and gnomes that haunt the woodlands
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page95" id="page95"></a>[pg&nbsp;95]</span>
+and mountains in Japan. There were
+the Tengu, half bird and half man, that play
+all sorts of mischievous pranks on the farmers,
+there was the &quot;Three-eyed Friar,&quot; and the
+&quot;White Woman&quot; who wanders about in the
+snow, and worst of all was a bogie with horns,
+whose legs dwindled away to nothing at all,
+but whose body was very large and horrible
+with a long neck twisted like a snake.</p>
+
+<p>As he thought about it his heart began to
+thump, and he quickened his steps to a run.
+All the trees seemed to be reaching out
+clutching hands as he sped by, and the darkness
+kept creeping closer and closer. The
+sobs which he had held back so long came
+faster, and at last breathless and panic-stricken
+he sank exhausted by the roadside and waited
+in dumb terror for what might happen.</p>
+
+<p>Looking fearfully around he saw just above
+him a kind, white face peering out of the twilight.
+It was only a stone face, and it belonged
+to an image that was sitting cross-legged
+on a mossy stone, but June felt as if he
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page96" id="page96"></a>[pg&nbsp;96]</span>
+had met a friend. Of all the gods and goddesses
+that Seki San had told him about, the one he
+knew best was Jizo, the friend of little children.
+The drooping figure, the gentle face,
+and the shaven head had become as familiar
+to him as the pictures of Santa Claus at home.
+He had met him in the temples, in the woods,
+on the river road, in big stone statues and
+little wooden ones, and now when he found
+him here in this lonesome night world, he felt
+a vague sense of relief and protection.</p>
+
+<p>Climbing up on the stone he fingered the
+pebbles that filled Jizo's lap, and touched the
+red cotton bib that was tied about his neck.
+He knew what it all meant for Seki San had
+told him many times. Jizo was the guardian
+of dead children, and the red bib and the
+pebbles had been placed there by mothers who
+wanted the kind god to look after their little
+babies who had passed away into another
+world. There were hundreds of pebbles about
+the statue, in its lap, about its hands and feet,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page99" id="page99"></a>[pg&nbsp;99]</span>
+and even on its bald head, and June was very
+careful not to disturb any of them. He wished
+he had something to give the good god, but
+he was too tired to go down and look for a
+pebble. He searched through his pockets
+but nothing seemed to suit. Finally he separated
+one object from the rest, and placed it
+gently in Jizo's upturned hand. It was the
+old sword hilt that Monsieur had given him.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 375px;"> <a name="i97" id="i97"></a>
+<img src="images/illus105.jpg" width="375" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur
+had given him.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Then, because he was very sleepy and tired,
+and because he was afraid of the dark, he
+nestled down in the niche under Jizo's upraised
+arm, and all the hob-goblins and evil
+spirits slipped away, and the stars came out
+and the big white moon, and the monotonous
+droning of the crickets and frogs seemed to
+be Seki San humming him to sleep, and the
+stone figure against which he leaned seemed
+to sway toward him in the moonlight and the
+face changed to the gentlest, sweetest one he
+knew, and instead of the little pebbles on the
+head there was a crown of thorns.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page100" id="page100"></a>[pg&nbsp;100]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter IX</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">How</span> long June slept there he did not know,
+but he was awakened by someone shaking his
+arm and holding a paper lantern close to his
+face. When he got his eyes open he found
+that it was a jinrikisha man and that he was
+talking to him in Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Where's Seki?&quot; June asked, looking
+about him in bewilderment.</p>
+
+<p>The man shook his head and continued to
+talk excitedly in Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I want to go to Monsieur Carré's,&quot; said
+June very loud as if that would help the man
+to understand.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Wakarimasen,&quot; said the man.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page101" id="page101"></a>[pg&nbsp;101]</span>
+&quot;Monsieur Carré!&quot; shouted June, and
+again the man shook his head and said,
+&quot;Wakarimasen.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Over and over June repeated &quot;Monsieur
+Carré,&quot; and pointed down the moonlit road.
+Finally in desperation he scrambled from his
+perch and seizing a stick thrust it under his
+arm like a crutch, then he humped his shoulders,
+drew down his brows, and limped along
+saying with a groan, &quot;Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!&quot;
+as he had heard Monsieur say it.</p>
+
+<p>In an instant the man clapped his hands
+and laughed. &quot;Hai, Hai,&quot; he said and when
+the jinrikisha was wheeled about and June
+was invited to get in, you may be sure he lost
+no time in doing so. He even forgot to give
+a good-by look to Jizo, who sat smiling out
+into the moonlight with the little pebbles on
+his head.</p>
+
+<p>It was a wonderful ride, through the soft
+shiny darkness, with only the pitter patter of
+the kurumaya's sandals to break the silence.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" id="page102"></a>[pg&nbsp;102]</span>
+June, curled up on the seat, was not thinking
+of poor Seki San and her anxiety concerning
+him, neither was he thinking of the mother
+and father who would soon be coming to him
+over the sea, nor of Monsieur with the guard
+at his door. He was wondering if the stars
+were the moon's children, and who woke the
+sun up in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>And all the time a light at the foot of the
+hill was getting closer and closer, and before
+he knew it, they had stopped at the little
+brown house where the windows peeped
+through the vines.</p>
+
+<p>A voice spoke sharply in the darkness and
+before June could get down a man in uniform
+with a star on his breast, stopped him. The jinrikisha
+man seemed to be explaining and the soldier
+to be asking questions, and while they talked
+June sat very still with his heart beating furiously
+against the long envelope in his blouse.</p>
+
+<p>He was just as frightened as he had been
+back in the woods when the hob-goblins were
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page103" id="page103"></a>[pg&nbsp;103]</span>
+after him, only it was different. Then he
+cried and ran away, now he was not thinking
+of himself at all, but of Monsieur who might
+have to go to prison and die if he should fail
+to get the papers to him.</p>
+
+<p>After what seemed to him hours of time,
+the guard evidently came to the conclusion
+that a sleepy little boy who had lost his way
+could do no harm, so he lifted him down and
+took him up the path.</p>
+
+<p>June was too full of anxiety even to glance
+at the goldfish as he passed them. He
+walked straight up the path and into the room
+where Monsieur lay. On the bed was an old
+man who looked as if he might have been
+Monsieur's father; his body seemed to have
+shrunk to half its size and his face was old and
+white and drawn. Only the eyes made June
+know that it was Monsieur himself, and the
+fierce startled look in them recalled the day he
+had stumbled over him in the Daimyo's
+garden.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page104" id="page104"></a>[pg&nbsp;104]</span>
+&quot;I was coming to see you and I got lost,&quot;
+began June, but Monsieur held up a warning
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;The guard will inform me in Japanese,&quot;
+he said so coldly that June wondered if he
+were angry with him.</p>
+
+<p>After a great deal of talk, the guard went
+away leaving June sitting half asleep on the
+floor with his head against the bed. In an instant
+Monsieur was leaning over him shaking
+his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Tell me!&quot; he demanded, &quot;tell me quickly
+why did you come?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June rubbed his eyes and yawned; at first
+he could not remember, then it began to come
+back:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I made the 's's' the wrong way,&quot; he murmured,
+&quot;and when I tried to fix them I spoiled
+your letter.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Yes, yes,&quot; cried Monsieur, now out of bed
+and on his knees before the child, &quot;and you
+tore it up, you destroyed it?&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page105" id="page105"></a>[pg&nbsp;105]</span>
+June shook his head wearily, &quot;It is inside
+here, but I can't undo the buttons.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur's hands, bandaged though they
+were, found the packet and drew it eagerly
+forth. &quot;Thank God! thank God!&quot; he whispered,
+pressing the unbroken seal again and
+again to his lips.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Did I save your life?&quot; asked June making
+a mighty effort to rouse himself, and enjoy his
+reward.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Not my life, boy; that did not matter; it
+is my honor you have saved, my honor.&quot;
+And Monsieur lay back upon the bed and
+sobbed like a little child.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;He's coming!&quot; warned June, and Monsieur
+had only sufficient time to wipe away the
+tears from his withered old cheeks before the
+guard returned with the jinrikisha man.</p>
+
+<p>After a consultation in Japanese, Monsieur
+said to June, &quot;I have told the man how to
+take you home. They will be very anxious
+about you. You must start at once.&quot;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" id="page106"></a>[pg&nbsp;106]</span>
+&quot;I'm hungry,&quot; said June, &quot;I'd like some
+of those little crackers that you gave me
+before.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>The guard, obligingly following directions,
+produced a paper bag from the table
+drawer.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I wish they were animal crackers,&quot; said
+June, &quot;I like to eat the elephant first, then he
+gets hungry and I have to eat the bear, then
+the bear gets hungry and I have to eat the
+pig, and the pig gets hungry and I have to
+eat the rabbit until there aren't any left in the
+bag.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;You have not spoken to any one about
+the letter?&quot; whispered Monsieur as he pretended
+to kiss June good-by.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;'Course not!&quot; declared June indignantly.
+&quot;It's a secret!&quot; Then as if remembering
+a lost opportunity he added: &quot;Oh! you
+couldn't tell me a story, could you? Just a
+teeny weeny one?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Not to-night,&quot; said Monsieur laughing,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page109" id="page109"></a>[pg&nbsp;109]</span>
+&quot;why, it is eleven o'clock now. But to-morrow,
+next day, always when you come, the
+stories are waiting, all that my brain and
+heart can hold.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>And with this promise June was bound to
+be content.</p>
+
+<p>It was hard to believe that the way back
+was as long as the way he had come, for before
+he knew it the wall beside the moat appeared
+by the roadside, then the parade
+grounds dim and shadowy in the moonlight,
+then the crowded streets of the town. He
+did not know that he was the chief cause of
+the commotion, that for two hours parties of
+searchers had been hurrying along every
+road leading out of town, that people were
+telling where they had seen him last, and that
+anxious groups were looking over the low
+wall into the black waters of the moat.</p>
+
+<p>He only knew that from the moment he
+reached town a crowd followed his jinrikisha,
+that his kurumaya could scarcely push his
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" id="page110"></a>[pg&nbsp;110]</span>
+way through the questioning throng, and that
+at last they stopped and a shout went up, the
+crowd parted, and through the opening dashed
+Seki San, her hair hanging limply about her
+face, her eyes full of joy, and her arms out-stretched.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Oh! My little boy darling!&quot; she cried.
+&quot;You have given me many troubles. Where
+you been, where did you go?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But June attempted no explanation; the
+papers were safe with Monsieur and he was
+safe with Seki San, and whether or not he
+had done right was too big a problem to
+wrestle with.</p>
+
+<p>After Seki had fed him and bathed him,
+and kissed his many bruises to make them
+well, he put his arms about her and gave her
+a long, hard hug.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I am awful sorry I had to run away,&quot; he
+said and Seki's English was not good enough
+to understand just what he meant.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 516px;"> <a name="i107" id="i107"></a>
+<img src="images/illus115.jpg" width="516" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;Long after he was asleep she sat beside him.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Long after he was asleep she sat beside
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page111" id="page111"></a>[pg&nbsp;111]</span>
+him on the floor, crying softly into her sleeve,
+and holding fast to his hand while she gave
+thanks not only to her new Christian God but
+to some of the heathen ones as well for sending
+him back to her.</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page112" id="page112"></a>[pg&nbsp;112]</span></p>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Chapter X</span></h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Late</span> in the summer, when the tiny maple
+leaves were turning blood-red and the white
+lotus was filling every pond and moat, June
+and Seki San journeyed back to Yokohama.
+They were going to meet the big steamer
+that was on its way from China to America,
+and June was to join his mother and father
+and go back with them to California. He was
+so happy over the prospect that he could not sit
+still a minute, but kept hopping from one side
+of the car to the other and asking Seki more
+questions than she could possibly answer.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Do you s'pose my mother'll know me
+now I've got so fat? Has my father grown
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page113" id="page113"></a>[pg&nbsp;113]</span>
+any since I saw him? Will he carry a sword?
+What do you s'pose they will bring me?&quot; and
+so on until there were scarcely any questions
+left to be asked.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;One more day,&quot; said Seki San sadly, &quot;and
+Seki will have no more little boy to hold her
+sleeves behind and tease and tickle her under
+her necks. She will have a very, very lonely
+heart.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>June's merriment ceased for a moment and
+he looked serious. The fact that Seki could
+not go back with him had been a misfortune
+that he had not yet faced.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I'm going to get my father to come back
+for you next year,&quot; he said at last, &quot;you and
+Tomi and Toro, and your mamma with the
+black teeth too. We will have a little Japanese
+house on the ranch, and Toro can ride
+my pony.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>But Seki shook her head and wiped her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;You will go back to your dear, affectionate
+home,&quot; she said, &quot;and be big mans when I
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" id="page114"></a>[pg&nbsp;114]</span>
+see you once more. But I will hear your lovingest
+little boy voice down in my heart
+alway!&quot;</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<p>It was a happy meeting the next day on the
+steamer when June actually saw his mother,
+and clung about her neck as if he would never
+let go again. Then he had to be taken up on
+the shelter deck and introduced to a strange,
+pale man reclining in a steamer chair, who
+they said was his father. At first it was a
+dreadful disappointment, and he submitted to
+being kissed with an effort. But when the man
+lifted one eyebrow and puckered his mouth
+into a funny shape, and said, &quot;Why, Mr. Skeezicks,
+you haven't forgotten your old Pard?&quot;
+a dark spot seemed suddenly to go out of
+June's mind and in its place was a memory of
+the jolliest, funniest playfellow he had ever
+had in his life. With a rush he was in his lap.
+&quot;You used to tell me about the Indians,&quot; he
+cried accusingly, &quot;I remember now. What
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" id="page115"></a>[pg&nbsp;115]</span>
+became of Tiger Tooth and the little white
+child?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;We will have just fourteen days to tell
+stories,&quot; said Captain Royston. &quot;I shall
+probably be a dumb man by the time we land in
+San Francisco. You must sit down here now
+and tell this little mother of yours the story of
+your life. Where did you get these red
+cheeks and fat legs?&quot;</p>
+
+<p>And with Seki San sitting on the floor at
+their feet, and with a frequent hug from
+mother and many a laugh from father, the
+story of the summer was told.</p>
+
+<p>When the last launch brought the passengers
+out from the shore, who should come
+aboard but Monsieur Carré. He was regularly
+engaged in Government service at Tokyo
+now, and when he saw in the paper that
+Master Robert Rogers Royston, Junior, would
+join his parents and sail for America on the
+S. S. <i>Mongolia</i>, he made the short trip to
+Yokohama to say good-by.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" id="page116"></a>[pg&nbsp;116]</span>
+He was so dressed up that June scarcely
+recognized him. His white mustache was
+waxed until it stood out very straight, and his
+hair was parted all the way down the back.
+He still carried a heavy cane and limped when
+he walked, but his hands, though knotted and
+gnarled, were free from bandages.</p>
+
+<p>Captain and Mrs. Royston welcomed him
+cordially as a friend of June's and even Seki
+San, who still looked upon him with suspicion,
+was discreetly silent.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Are you going back to France?&quot; asked
+June.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Next year,&quot; answered Monsieur. &quot;I will
+have made sufficient money to go home, and
+then! Ah, Mon Dieu! I will never leave it
+again.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>&quot;I will write you a letter,&quot; said June, adding
+slyly, &quot;I'll be sure to make the 's's' turn
+the right way.&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur put his finger on his lips and
+June nodded understandingly.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page119" id="page119"></a>[pg&nbsp;119]</span>
+&quot;What secret have you there?&quot; asked
+Captain Royston.</p>
+
+<p>Monsieur put his hand on June's head,
+and looking straight in the Captain's eyes, he
+said:</p>
+
+<p>&quot;Your boy will make a fine soldier; he has
+courage and honor, and he can keep a secret.
+I congratulate you!&quot;</p>
+
+<p>Just then a gong sounded and the first
+officer ordered everybody who was going
+ashore to hurry. There was general bustle
+and confusion, June had a vague impression
+of Monsieur kissing him on both cheeks, and
+disappearing down the rope ladder, of Seki
+San kneeling before him while he clung to her
+neck and begged her not to leave him, then he
+was sitting on the railing, with Father's arm
+about him, and Mother holding one hand
+while with the other he waved good-by to
+the friends below.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 532px;"> <a name="i117" id="i117"></a>
+<img src="images/illus125.jpg" width="532" height="700" alt="" title="" />
+<p class="h3">&quot;June waved good-by to the friends below.&quot;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The little launch grew strangely blurred as
+it danced away over the water. June did not
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page120" id="page120"></a>[pg&nbsp;120]</span>
+see the crowd on the deck, nor the pilot at the
+wheel, nor even the white and orange flag
+that floated from the mast. He was watching
+the pink rose in Seki's hair growing fainter
+and fainter in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>&quot;And now,&quot; said Father, with decision, &quot;I
+think it's about time to get busy with the
+Indians.&quot;</p>
+
+<hr class="hr2" />
+
+<div class="tnote">
+
+<p class="h2a">Transcriber's Notes:</p>
+
+<p>Throughout the dialogues, there were words used to mimic accents of
+the speakers. Those words were retained as-is.</p>
+
+<p>The illustrations have been moved so that they do not break up
+paragraphs and so that they are next the text they illustrate. Thus the
+page number of the illustration might not match the page number in the
+List of Illustrations, and the order of illustrations may not be the
+same in the List of Illustrations and in the book.</p>
+
+<p>Errors in punctuations and inconsistent hyphenation were not corrected
+unless otherwise noted below:</p>
+
+<p>On page 90, &quot;chlidren&quot; was replaced with &quot;children&quot;.</p>
+
+<p>On page 116, a comma was placed after &quot;with suspicion&quot;.</p>
+
+<p>On page 116, the single quotation mark after &quot;leave it again.&quot; was replaced with a double quotation mark.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38228-h.htm or 38228-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/2/2/38228/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/38228-h/images/cover.jpg b/38228-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec7b667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus002.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c28b595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus002.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus003.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..576bb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus003.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus025.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebf7b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus025.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus045.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus045.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a70651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus045.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus057.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus057.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd623d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus057.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus083.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus083.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1897cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus083.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus093.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus093.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24dad93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus093.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus105.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus105.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..692d157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus105.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus115.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus115.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fce7c29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus115.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228-h/images/illus125.jpg b/38228-h/images/illus125.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07ab0bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228-h/images/illus125.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38228.txt b/38228.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eb2cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2299 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Captain June
+
+Author: Alice Hegan Rice
+
+Illustrator: C. D. Weldon
+
+Release Date: December 6, 2011 [EBook #38228]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: "All day long the boys played down by the river."]
+
+
+
+
+ Captain June
+
+ By
+
+ Alice Hegan Rice
+
+ Author of "Mrs. Wiggs of the Cabbage Patch,"
+ "Lovey Mary," Etc.
+
+ With Pictures by C. D. Weldon
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ New York
+ The Century Co.
+ 1907
+
+
+
+
+ Copyright 1906, 1907,
+ by THE CENTURY CO.
+
+ _Published October, 1907_
+
+
+ THE DE VINNE PRESS
+
+
+
+
+ TO THE LITTLE BOY I LOVE BEST
+ FRANCIS BARBOUR HEGAN
+
+
+
+
+ LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+ "All day long the boys played down by the river" _Frontispiece_
+
+ The Tea-party on the Train 17
+
+ "'Do you want me to help you?'" 37
+
+ "'It's a Matsuri--a festival,' Seki explained" 49
+
+ "'Does it spell anything?' June asked" 75
+
+ "They peeped through the cracks, gravely discussing the
+ situation" 85
+
+ "It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur had given him" 97
+
+ "Long after he was asleep she sat beside him" 107
+
+ "June waved good-by to the friends below" 117
+
+
+
+
+ CAPTAIN JUNE
+
+
+
+
+ CAPTAIN JUNE
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+
+JUNE had never sat still so long during the whole six years of his
+existence. His slender body usually so restless and noisy was
+motionless; his hands too fond of teasing and mischief lay limp in his
+lap, even his tongue was still and that was the most wonderful of all.
+The only part of him that stirred was a sparkling pair of gray eyes that
+were looking out upon the strangest world they had ever seen.
+
+The entire day had been one of enchantment, from the first waking hour
+when he discovered that the engines on the big steamer where he had
+lived for seventeen days had stopped, and that the boat was actually
+lying at anchor just off the coast of Japan. Seki San, his Japanese
+nurse who had cared for him ever since he was a baby, had been so eager
+to look out of the port-hole that she could scarcely attend to her
+duties, and the consequence was that he had to stand on the sofa and
+hook his mother's dress and help her with the little pins at the back of
+the neck while Seki San finished the packing. June could not dress
+himself but he knew a great deal about hooks and eyes and belt pins.
+When mother got in a hurry she lost things, and experience had taught
+him that it was much easier to fasten the pin where it belonged than to
+spend fifteen minutes on the floor looking for it.
+
+At last when all the bags and trunks were ready, and the pilot and the
+health officer had come aboard, and everybody had waited until they
+could not wait another moment, the passengers were brought ashore in a
+wheezy, puffy launch, and were whirled up to the hotel in queer little
+buggies drawn by small brown men with bare legs and mushroom hats, and
+great sprawling signs on their backs.
+
+Since then June had sat at a front window too engrossed to speak. Just
+below him lay the Bund or sea-road, with the wall beyond where the white
+waves broke in a merry splash and then fell back to the blue water
+below. Out in the harbor there were big black merchant steamers, and
+white men-of-war, there were fishing schooners, and sampans with wobbly,
+crooked oars. But the street below was too fascinating to see much
+beyond it. Jinrikishas were coming and going with passengers from the
+steamers and the coolies laughed and shouted to each other in passing.
+Women and girls clattered by on wooden shoes with funny bald-headed,
+slant-eyed babies strapped on their backs. On the hotel steps, a little
+girl in a huge red turban and a gorgeous dress of purple and gold was
+doing handsprings, while two boys in fancy dress sang through their
+noses and held out fans to catch the pennies that were tossed from the
+piazza above.
+
+If Cinderella, and Jack the Giant Killer, and Aladdin and Ali Baba had
+suddenly appeared, June would not have been in the least surprised. It
+was where they all lived, there could be no possible doubt as to that.
+Here was the biggest picture book he had ever seen, the coming true of
+all the fairy-tales he had ever heard.
+
+He was dimly conscious that in the room behind him Seki San was
+unpacking trunks and boxes, and that his mother was coming and going and
+leaving hurried instructions. Once he heard her say, "Don't say anything
+to him about it, Seki, I'll tell him when he has to be told." But just
+then a man went by with a long pole across his shoulder and round
+baskets on each end, and in the baskets were little shining silver
+fishes, and June forgot all about what his mother was saying.
+
+June's father was a young army officer stationed in the Philippines.
+June was born there but when still a baby he had been desperately ill
+and the doctor had sent him back to the States and said he must not
+return for many years. It was a great grief to them all that they had to
+be separated, but Capt. Royston had gotten two leaves of absence and
+come home to them, and now this summer June and his mother had come all
+the way from California to meet him in Japan.
+
+June was not his real name. It was Robert Rogers Royston, Junior, but
+mother said there never could be but one Robert for her, and father did
+not like the Rogers for a Christian name, so they called him Junior, and
+Junior soon got bobbed off into June. The name suited him too, for a
+sunshinier little chap you never saw. He never seemed to know that he
+was not as strong as other boys, and when his throat was very bad and
+his voice would not come, why he sat up in bed and whistled, just the
+keenest, cheeriest, healthiest whistle you ever heard.
+
+It was on the indoor days that Seki San used to tell him about her
+wonderful country across the sea, of the little brown houses with the
+flower gardens on the roofs, of the constant clatter, clatter of the
+wooden shoes, and the beautiful blossoms that rained down on you like
+snow.
+
+"Where are the blossoms?" he demanded, suddenly turning in his chair.
+"You said they came down thick and white and that I could let them fall
+over my face."
+
+Seki San did not answer, she was kneeling beside a very disconsolate
+figure that lay on the bed with face buried in the pillows. When June
+spoke, his mother sat up and pushed back her tumbled hair. She was a
+very little mother with round eyes and lips as red as June's, only now
+her eyes were red and her lips trembling.
+
+"You may go in the other room, Seki San," she said, "I want to talk to
+June by himself."
+
+June sidled up cautiously and took a seat near her on the bed. The one
+unbearable catastrophe to him was for his mother to cry. It was like an
+earthquake, it shook the very foundations on which all his joys were
+built. Sometimes when the postman forgot to leave a letter, and
+occasionally when he was sick longer than usual, mother cried. But those
+were dark, dreadful times that he tried not to think about. Why the
+tears should come on this day of all days he could not understand.
+
+She put her arm around him and held him close for a long time before she
+spoke. He could feel the thump, thump of her heart as he leaned against
+her.
+
+"June," she said at last, "you are going to be a soldier like father,
+aren't you?"
+
+June's eyes brightened. "Yes, and carry a sword!" he said.
+
+"There is something more than a sword that a soldier has to have."
+
+"A gun?"
+
+Mother shook her head. "It's courage, June! It's something I haven't got
+a scrap of. You'll have to be brave for us both!"
+
+"I'm not afraid," declared June. "I go to bed in the dark and go places
+by myself or anything."
+
+"I don't mean that way," said his mother. "I mean doing hard things just
+because they are right, staying behind for instance when--when somebody
+you love very much has to go away and leave you."
+
+June sat up and looked at her. "Who's going away?" he demanded.
+
+Mother's voice faltered. "Father's terribly ill with a fever, June. The
+letter was waiting here, it is from our old doctor in Manila, he says,
+'Come on first steamer, but don't bring the boy.'" The earth seemed
+suddenly to be slipping from under June's feet, he clutched at his
+mother's hand. "I am going too!" he cried in quick alarm, "I won't stay
+behind, I can't, mother!"
+
+Her arm tightened about him. "But I don't dare take you, June, think of
+the terrible heat and the fever, and you are the only little boy I've
+got in the world, and I love you so!"
+
+"I won't take the fever," protested June. "I'll be good. I'll mind every
+word Seki says."
+
+"But Seki isn't going. She wants to take you home with her down to a
+little town on the Inland Sea, where there are all sorts of wonderful
+things to do. Would you stay with her, June, while I go to father?"
+
+Her voice pleaded with eagerness and anxiety, but June did not heed it.
+Slipping from her arms, he threw himself on the floor and burst into a
+passion of tears. All the joys of the enchanted country had vanished,
+nothing seemed to count except that mother was thinking of leaving him
+in this strange land and sailing away from him across the sea.
+
+"Don't cry so, June, listen," pleaded his mother. "I have not decided, I
+am trying to do what is best."
+
+But June refused to be consoled. Over and over he declared that he would
+not stay, that he would rather have the fever, and die than to be left
+behind.
+
+By and by the room grew still, his mother no longer tried to pacify him,
+only the ticking of the little traveling clock on the table broke the
+stillness. He peeped through his fingers at the silent figure in the
+chair above him. He had never seen her look so white and tired, all the
+pretty smiles and dimples seemed gone forever, her eyes were closed and
+her lips were tightly drawn together. June crept close and slipped his
+hand into hers. In an instant her arms were about him.
+
+"I don't know what to do, nor where to turn," she sobbed. "I am afraid
+to take you and afraid to leave you. What must I do?"
+
+June was sure he did not know but when mothers are little and helpless
+and look at you as if you were grown up, you have to think of a way. He
+was standing beside her with his arm around her neck, and he could feel
+her trembling all over. Father often said in his letters, "Be sure to
+take care of that little Mother of yours," but it had always seemed a
+joke until now. He sighed, then he straightened his shoulders:
+
+"I'll stay, Mudderly," he said, then he added with a swallow, "Maybe it
+will help me to be a soldier when I get big!"
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+
+"SEKI SAN, look at the old woman with black teeth! What made them black?
+What have the little girls got flowers in their hair for? What are they
+ringing the bell for?"
+
+Seki San sitting on her heels at the car window tried to answer all
+June's questions at once. The sad parting was over. Mrs. Royston had
+left in the night on the steamer they had crossed in, and the Captain
+and the Purser and all the passengers were going to take care of her
+until she got to Hong Kong, and after that it was only a short way to
+Manila, and once she was with Father, June felt that his responsibility
+ceased.
+
+When they first boarded the train, June had sat very quiet. If you wink
+fast and swallow all the time, you can keep the tears back, but it does
+not make you feel any better inside.
+
+"If God has got to take somebody," June said at length gloomily, "I
+think He might take one of my grandmothers. I have got four but one of
+them is an old maid."
+
+"Oh no," said Seki, "she isn't."
+
+"She _is_," persisted June, "she keeps every thing put away in little
+boxes and won't let me play with them. Seki, do you guess God would jes'
+as lieve for me to have a horn as a harp when I go to Heaven? I want a
+presser horn like they have in the band."
+
+"But you will not go for many long times!" cried Seki, catching his hand
+as if he were about to slip away. "Look out of the window. See! They are
+giving the cow a bath!"
+
+In a field nearby an old man and woman were scrubbing a patient-looking
+cow, and when the creature pulled its head away and cried because it did
+not want to get its face washed, June laughed with glee. After all, one
+could not be unhappy very long when every minute something funny or
+interesting was happening. At every station a crowd of curious faces
+gathered about the car window eager to catch a glimpse of the little
+foreign boy, and June, always ready to make friends, smiled at them and
+bobbed his head, which made the boys and girls look at each other and
+laugh.
+
+"We bow with our whole self, so," Seki explained, putting her hands on
+her knees and bending her body very low, "and we never shake with the
+hands nor kiss together!"
+
+"Don't the mothers ever kiss the children good-night?" asked June
+incredulously.
+
+"Oh! no," said Seki, "we bow."
+
+While June was thinking about this strange state of affairs, a man came
+close under the window, carrying a tray and calling: "_Bento! Eo
+Bento!_"
+
+Seki San took some money from a little purse which she carried in her
+long sleeve, and handing it out to the man, received two square wooden
+boxes and a fat little tea-pot with a cup over its head like a cap.
+
+[Illustration: The Tea-Party on the train.]
+
+"Are we going to have a tea-party?" asked June, scrambling down from his
+perch.
+
+"So," said Seki San, reaching under the seat and pulling out a tiny
+chest, in which were other cups and saucers and a jar of tea leaves, "we
+will have very nice tea-parties and you shall make the tea."
+
+June, following instructions, put some of the tea in the small pot and
+poured the hot water over it, then he helped Seki San spread two paper
+napkins on the seat between them.
+
+"Now," he said, "where's the party?"
+
+Seki San handed him one of the boxes and began to untie the string of
+the other.
+
+"I have some sticks tied on to mine!" cried June, "two big ones and a
+tiny little one wrapped up in paper."
+
+"That is your knife and fork and pick-tooth," said Seki San. "You must
+hold the sticks in one hand like this."
+
+But June was too busy exploring the contents of the two trays that
+formed his box to stop to take a lesson in the use of chop-sticks. The
+lower tray was full of smooth white rice. In the top one, was a bit of
+omelet and some fish, and a queer-looking something that puzzled June.
+
+"What is it?" he asked.
+
+"Guess it!" said Seki mysteriously, "guess it with your nose."
+
+"It's pickle!" cried June.
+
+"Pickled sea-weed," said Seki, "and I have also brought you some
+Japanese candy that you pour out of a bottle."
+
+There was no bread, no butter, no knife nor fork nor spoon, but June
+thought it was the very nicest tea-party he had ever been to. Sitting
+with his stocking feet curled up under him as Seki had hers, he
+clattered his chop-sticks and spilt the rice all over the seat, while
+they both grew weak with laughter over his efforts to feed himself.
+
+"Don't you wish you were a little boy, Seki San?" he asked when most of
+the lunch had disappeared.
+
+"Why?" said Seki.
+
+"'Cause," said June, "you'd have such a good time playing with me all
+the time!"
+
+"But no," said Seki seriously, "I must be big womans to take care of
+you."
+
+"And tell me stories!" added June with policy: "tell me 'bout Tomi
+now."
+
+"Tomi?" said Seki San, smiling. "You going see Tomi very soon,
+to-morrow, perhaps to-night. Tomi very bad little dog, makes a cross
+bark at all big peoples, but loves little children. When Tomi very
+little his nose stick out, so--Japanese think it very ugly for little
+pug-dog's nose to stick out, so we push it in easy every day. Now Tomi
+has nice flat nose, but he sneeze all the time so--kerchoo, kerchoo,
+kerchoo."
+
+June laughed at the familiar story, but suddenly he sobered:
+
+"Say, Seki, I don't think it was very nice to push his nose in; I
+wouldn't like to have my nose pushed in so I would have to sneeze all
+the rest of my life."
+
+"Ah! but he must be beautiful! Tomi would not be happy if his nose stuck
+out when other pug-doggies had nice flat nose. Tomi is very happy, he is
+grateful."
+
+It was quite dark when they reached their destination; June had been
+asleep and when he slipped out on the platform he could not remember at
+all where he was; Seki's mother and her sisters and brothers besides all
+the relatives far and near had come to welcome her back from America,
+and quite a little crowd closed in about her, bowing and bowing and
+chattering away in Japanese.
+
+June stood, rather forlornly, to one side. This time last night Mother
+had been with him, he could speak to her and touch her, and now--it was
+a big, strange world he found himself in, and even Seki seemed his Seki
+no longer.
+
+Suddenly he felt something rub against his leg, and then he heard a
+queer sound that somehow sounded familiar. Stooping down he discovered a
+flat-nosed little pug that was kissing his hand just as if it had been
+brought up in America.
+
+"It's Tomi," cried June in delight, and the pug, recognizing his name,
+capered more madly still, only stopping long enough to sneeze between
+the jumps.
+
+Ten minutes later June was sitting beside Seki San in a broad
+jinrikisha, rushing through the soft night air, down long gay streets
+full of light and color and laughter, round sharp corners, up steep
+hills, over bridges where he could look down and see another world of
+paper lanterns and torches, and always the twinkling legs and the big
+round hat of the jinrikisha man bobbing steadily along before him.
+
+"Is it like a story-book all the time?" he asked.
+
+Seki San laughed: "Oh, no, June, story-book land is back in America,
+where the grown-up houses are, and the rich, fine furnitures, and the
+strange ways. This is just home, my very dear home, and I have such glad
+feelings to be here!"
+
+June cuddled close and held her hand, and if he felt a wee bit wistful,
+and wiped his eyes once in a while on her sleeve, he did it very
+carefully, so that Seki would have nothing to spoil the glad feeling in
+her heart at being home again.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+
+THE new life which opened up for June was brimming over with interest.
+Seki San lived in a regular toy house, which was like a lot of little
+boxes fitted into one big one. One whole side was open to the garden and
+a tiny railed balcony ran around outside the rooms. The walls were made
+of white paper, and when the sun shone all sorts of pretty shadows
+danced on them, and when it rained everybody ran about to put up the
+wooden screens, and fasten the house up snug and tight until the shower
+was over. A flight of low steps cut in the rock led down to a bamboo
+wicker, and here green lizards sunned themselves all day and blinked in
+friendly fashion at the passer-by.
+
+The night June arrived he had looked about blankly and said:
+
+"But Seki, there isn't any furniture in your house; haven't you got any
+bed, or chairs or table?"
+
+And Seki had laughed and told the others and everybody laughed until
+June thought he had been impolite.
+
+"I like it," he hastened to add, "it's the nicest house I ever was in,
+'cause, don't you see, there isn't anything to break."
+
+It was quite wonderful to see how easily one can get along without
+furniture. After one has sat on his heels, and slept on the floor and
+eaten off a tiny table no bigger than a footstool, it seems the most
+sensible thing in the world. June did hang up one picture and that was a
+photograph of his mother. She had left him two, but one was taken with
+her hat on.
+
+"I don't like for her always to look as if she was going away!" he said
+to Seki San when she wanted to put them both up.
+
+The life, interesting as it was, might have proven lonely, had it not
+been for Seki's younger brother, Toro, who was two years older than
+June. Although neither could understand a word the other said, yet a
+very great friendship had sprung up between them. "We understand just
+like dogs," June explained to Seki San.
+
+All day long the two boys played down by the river bank, paddling about
+in the shallow shimmering water, building boats and putting them out to
+sea, sailing their kites from the hill top, or best of all, sitting long
+hours on the parade grounds watching the drilling of the soldiers.
+
+Sometimes when they were very good, Seki San would get permission for
+them to play in the daimyo's garden and those days were red-letter days
+for June. The garden was very old and very sacred to the Japanese, for
+in long years past it had belonged to an old feudal lord, and now it was
+the property of the Emperor.
+
+From the first June had cherished a secret belief that somewhere in its
+leafy bowers he would come across the Sleeping Beauty. It was all so old
+and so still that even the breezes whispered as they softly stirred the
+tree-tops. In the very heart of the garden a little blue lake smiled up
+at the sky above, and all about its edges tall flags of blue and gold
+threw their bright reflections in the water below. A high-arched bridge
+all gray with moss, led from one tiny island to another, while along the
+shore old stone lanterns, very stiff and stern, stood sentinel over the
+quiet of the place. Here and there a tempting little path led back into
+mysterious deeps of green, and June followed each one with the half
+expectancy of finding the cobwebby old place, and the vine-grown steps,
+and the Sleeping Beauty within.
+
+One day when they were there, Toro became absorbed in a little house he
+was building for the old stork who stood hour after hour under the cool
+shadow of the arching bridge. June, getting tired of the work, wandered
+off alone, and as he went deeper into the tangle of green, he thought
+more and more of the Sleeping Beauty.
+
+It was cool and mysterious under the close hanging boughs, and the
+sunshine fell in white patches on the head of an old stone Buddha, whose
+nose was chipped off, and whose forefinger was raised in a perpetual
+admonition to all little boys to be good. Just ahead a low flight of
+stairs led up to a dark recess where a shrine was half concealed by a
+tangle of vines and underbrush. June cautiously mounted the steps; he
+was making believe that he was the prince in the fairy-tale, and that
+when he should push through the barrier of brier roses he would find the
+Sleeping Beauty within the shrine.
+
+As he reached the top step, a sound made him pause and catch his breath.
+It was not the ripple of the falling water that danced past him down the
+hillside, it was not the murmur of the wind in the bamboos overhead; it
+was the deep regular breathing very close to him of some one asleep. For
+a moment June wanted to run away, but then he remembered the golden hair
+and blue eyes of the princess and with heart beating very fast, he
+pushed through the underbrush and stumbled over some one lying in the
+grass.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+
+BUT when June picked himself up and turned about, he found a very
+curious looking man sitting up glaring at him. He had a long pointed
+nose, and fierce little eyes that glowed like red hot cinders, and a
+drooping white mustache so long that it almost touched the lapels of his
+shabby French uniform.
+
+"What do you mean by falling over me like that?" he demanded
+indignantly.
+
+"I--I--thought you was somebody else," June faltered lamely.
+
+The man glared more fiercely than ever: "You were looking for some one!
+You were sent here to watch someone! Who did you think I was? Answer me
+this moment."
+
+He had caught June by the arm and was glaring at him so savagely that
+June blurted out in terror.
+
+"I thought you was the Sleeping Beauty."
+
+For a moment, suspicion lingered in the man's face, then his eyes went
+to and his mouth went open, and he laughed until June thought he would
+never get the wrinkles smoothed out of his face again.
+
+"The Sleeping Beauty, eh?" he said. "Well, whom do you think I am now?"
+
+June smiled in embarrassment. "I know who you look like," he said, half
+doubtfully.
+
+"Who?"
+
+"The White Knight," said June.
+
+"Who is he?"
+
+"In 'Alice in Wonderland,'" explained June. Then when he saw the man's
+look of perplexity, he added incredulously, "Didn't you _never_ hear of
+'Alice in Wonderland'?"
+
+The man shook his head.
+
+June was astounded; he didn't know that such ignorance existed in the
+world.
+
+"Didn't you never go to school?" he asked sympathetically.
+
+"Oh yes, a little," said the man, with a funny smile, "but tell me about
+this White Knight."
+
+June sat down quite close to him and began confidentially:
+
+"He was the one that met Alice in the wood. Don't you remember just
+before she was going to be queen? He kept falling off his horse first on
+one side and then on the other, and he would have to climb up again by
+the mouse traps."
+
+"The mouse traps, on horse-back?"
+
+"Yes, the Knight was afraid the mice _might_ come and he didn't want
+them to run over him. Besides he invented the mouse traps and course,
+you know, somebody had to use them."
+
+"Of course," said the man taking June's hand and looking at it as a
+person looks at something that he has not seen for a very long time.
+
+"He invented lots of things," went on June earnestly, "bracelets for the
+horse's feet to keep off shark-bites, and something else to keep your
+hair from falling out."
+
+"Eh! what's that?" said his companion rubbing his hand over his own bald
+head.
+
+June's eyes twinkled. "You ought to train it up on a stick," he said,
+"like a vine. That was what the White Knight said, that hair fell off
+because it hung down. It couldn't fall up, could it?"
+
+At this they both had a great laugh and the man said:
+
+"So I am the White Knight, am I?"
+
+"Just your mustache," said June; "it was when you was mad that you
+looked like him most. You're lots gooder looking than the picture.
+What's your real name?"
+
+"Monsieur Garnier,--no, Carre," he corrected himself quickly. "What is
+your name?"
+
+"June," then he added formally, "Robert Rogers Royston, Junior's the
+rest of it."
+
+"How did you come here?" asked Monsieur.
+
+June told him at length; it was delightful to find some one beside Seki
+San who understood English, and it was good fun to be telling all about
+himself just as if he were some other little boy.
+
+"So your father is a soldier!" said Monsieur, and June noticed that a
+curious wild look came into his eyes and that his fingers, which had
+knots on them, plucked excitedly at his collar. "Ah! yes, I, too, was a
+soldier, a soldier of France, one time attache of the French Legation,
+at Tokyo, later civil engineer in the employ of the Japanese Government,
+now----!" he shrugged his shoulders and his nostrils quivered with
+anger. "Now a cast-off garment, a thing useless, undesired." He tried to
+rise and June saw that he used crutches and that it was very difficult
+for him to walk.
+
+"Do you want me to help you?" he asked.
+
+[Illustration: "'Do you want me to help you?'"]
+
+The man waved him aside. His eyes had changed into red hot cinders
+again, and he seemed to have forgotten that June was there. "I ask help
+from nobody," he muttered fiercely, "I live my own life. The beggarly
+Japanese I would never accept from, and my own country does not see fit
+to help me." His chest heaved with wrath, and he twisted his mustache
+indignantly.
+
+"Why don't you go home?" asked June.
+
+Monsieur turned on him fiercely: "Go home? Mon Dieu, do you suppose
+there is a waking hour that I am not thinking, longing, praying to be
+back in France? Do you suppose I have left any stone unturned? Any plan
+unmade that might take me away from this hateful place? It has been
+fourteen, fifteen years since I came away. It was a Japanese that had me
+dismissed from the service; he bore tales to the minister, he told what
+was not true. Oh, then I had honor, I was too proud to explain, but
+now!" he lifted a pair of crippled hands to Heaven, and shook them
+violently at the trees above, "now I know that honor does not pay, it is
+not worth while. I will give anything to get back to France!"
+
+June sat still and watched him. He had never seen anyone behave so
+queerly, and he was very much mixed up as to what it was all about.
+
+"I guess I have to go now," he said, "Toro's waiting."
+
+Monsieur's eyes flashed suspiciously. "Who's waiting?" he asked.
+
+"Toro, he is Seki's brother, he knows how to build awful nice houses and
+blockades too."
+
+"Blockades?" repeated Monsieur, "what kind of blockades?"
+
+"Like the soldiers make, we watch them all the time; come on, I will
+show you."
+
+The two made their way down the steps slowly, for Monsieur could go only
+a little way at a time. Toro looked mildly surprised when June came back
+with a companion, but he did not give a second glance at Monsieur, who
+was evidently a familiar figure about the town.
+
+For a long time the two children played in the sand, and Monsieur sat
+beside them and acted as interpreter, speaking first to one in Japanese,
+and then to the other in English, giving directions and suggestions and
+proving a first-rate play-fellow.
+
+"Why, you know a lot about forts and mines and blockades and things,
+don't you?" asked June.
+
+Monsieur looked absently across the lake. "Alas!" he said grimly, half
+to himself, "I know too much for their good and for mine."
+
+When the temple bell from the hillside boomed the supper hour, the boys
+gathered up their things and started home.
+
+"Good-by," said June to Monsieur, "I hope you'll come back and play with
+us another day."
+
+Monsieur bowed very politely, but he did not answer, his half-closed
+eyes still rested on the little forts that the boys had been making in
+the sand, and his thoughts seemed to be far away.
+
+When June reached the street, he turned to wave a good-by, but Monsieur
+was hobbling down the hill, his figure, in spite of the crutches,
+looking very straight and stiff against the evening sky.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+
+IT was a long time before June saw Monsieur again, for there were
+picnics up the river, with lunches cooked on the bank, there were jolly
+little excursions in sampans, and trips to the tea-houses, and flower
+shows, and an endless round of good times. Seki San kept June out of
+doors all day, and watched with glee the color return to his cheeks, and
+the angles of his slender body turn into soft curves.
+
+At night, she and June and Toro, with Tomi frisking and sneezing at
+their heels, would join the happy, chattering crowd that thronged the
+streets, and would make their way to the flower market where tall
+flaming torches lit up the long stalls of flowers, and where merchants
+squatting on their heels spread their wares on the ground before
+them,--curious toys, old swords, and tea-pots with ridiculous long
+noses. And in front of every door was a great shining paper lantern with
+queer signs painted on it, and other gay lanterns of all shapes and
+sizes and colors went dancing and bobbing up and down the streets like a
+host of giant fireflies.
+
+It was no wonder that June hated to go to bed when so much was happening
+outside. Only the promise of a story moved him when Seki gave the final
+word. But for the sake of a story he would have gone to the moon, I
+believe, and stayed there too.
+
+When at last he was bathed and cuddled down in his nest on the floor
+with a huge kimono--four times as big as the ones Seki wore--spread over
+him, Seki would sit on her heels beside him, sewing with an endless
+thread, which she only cut off from the reel when the seam was finished.
+And June would watch her pretty, plump little hands, and the shadows of
+her moving fingers as he listened to queer tales of the sea-gods and
+their palace under the waves. Sometimes she would tell of the old
+samurai and their dark deeds of revenge, of attacks on castles, and
+fights in the moats, and the imaginary clashing of swords and shouts of
+men would get so real to June that he would say:
+
+"I don't want any more scareful ones to-night. Please tell me about the
+little mosquito boy."
+
+Then Seki would begin: "Very long times ago, lived very good little boy,
+who never want to do anything but reverence his mother and his father,
+and his grandfathers and grandmothers. All times he think it over to
+himself how he can serve his parents. One night the wind blow up from
+the south and bring a thousand hundred _ka_, mosquito you call him, and
+they bite very much. So good little boy takes off all his clothes and
+lies at the door of his house so mosquitoes bite him and get so full of
+boy that they have not room more for father and mother." At which point
+June would never fail to laugh with delight, and Seki would look hurt
+and puzzled and say, "Not funny, June, very fine, kind, and noble of
+good little boy."
+
+After Seki had put out the light and joined the rest of the family in
+the garden, June would lie very still and the thoughts that had been
+crowded down in the bottom of his heart all day would come creeping up
+and whisper to him. "Mother is a long way off; suppose she has gotten
+lost and never comes back again. Perhaps I haven't got a father any
+more, maybe the soldiers have put him in the ground as they did Teddy's
+papa. Suppose I have to live here always and grow up to be a Japanese
+man, and never see the ranch in California nor my pony any more?" And a
+big sob would rise in his throat and he was glad of the dark, for the
+tears would come no matter how hard he tried to keep them back. But he
+never called Seki, nor let any one know. Sometimes he got up and got his
+little gun and took it back to bed with him; it was so much easier to be
+a soldier if you had a gun in your hand.
+
+But one morning when he awoke, two delightful things happened. First he
+saw up in the air, apparently swimming about over the house-tops, an
+enormous red fish as large as he was, and when he ran to the door there
+were others as far as he could see waving and floating about tall poles
+that were placed outside nearly every house.
+
+Without waiting to be dressed he rushed into the garden to ask Seki San
+what it all meant. When she saw him, she dropped the letter she was
+reading and came toward him as fast as her little pigeon toes would
+carry her.
+
+"It's from your mother," she cried, her face beaming with joy. "She did
+never get losted at all. She is with your father now, and he will have
+the strength again, and they will come back so sooner as he can journey.
+Oh! I could die for the happiness!"
+
+June jumped up and down, and Seki San giggled, and Tomi barked until the
+family came out to see what was the matter.
+
+"And what did she say? Tell me!" demanded June.
+
+"All this, and this, and this," said Seki, spreading out the closely
+written sheets. Then with many pauses and much knitting of brows and
+pointing of fingers, she read the letter aloud. There was very little
+about the sad journey, or the dreadful fever, or the life at the
+hospital. It was mostly about June, whether he was well, whether he was
+very unhappy, if he coughed at night, if he missed her very much.
+
+"And these at the end I sink I can not read," concluded Seki, pointing
+to a long row of circles and dots.
+
+June looked over her shoulder. "Why Seki!" he exclaimed, "that's the
+only part I can read! They are kisses and hugs, I showed her how to make
+them. That long one is a pink kiss, and this starry one is silver with
+golden spangles," he laughed with delight; then his eye catching sight
+of the fish overhead, he said:
+
+"Say Seki, why did they put out the fish? Is it because my father is
+getting well?"
+
+Seki San smilingly shook her head.
+
+"It's a matsuri, a festival," she explained; "this is the boys' day and
+wherever a boy live, they put out a big paper fish with round mouth open
+so----, and when the wind flow in, the fish grow big and fat and make
+like swim in the air."
+
+[Illustration: "'It's a Matsuri--a festival,' Seki explained."]
+
+"But why do they put out fishes?" persisted June.
+
+"'Tis the carp fish," said Seki San, "because the carp very strong and
+brave, he swim against the current, fight his way up the waterfall, not
+afraid of the very bad discouragings, like good boy should be."
+
+June was much more interested in the fish than in the moral, and when
+Toro brought a big red one for him and a paper cap and banner, he
+hastened away to be dressed so that he could be ready for the
+festivities.
+
+Taking it all in all, it was about the happiest day he had ever spent in
+his life. When he and Toro started forth the streets were already full
+of people, men and women in holiday attire, little girls in bright red
+petticoats and fancy pins in their hair, every boy with a fish on a
+stick, small children with bald-headed babies tied on their backs, all
+trotting merrily along to the matsuri.
+
+Everywhere June went a crowd went behind him, for a little foreign boy
+with gray eyes and fair hair, and strange foreign clothes was one of the
+greatest sights of the day. Sometimes a woman would stop him and look at
+his hat or his shoes, and a circle would close in and Toro would be
+bombarded with questions. But the people were always so polite, and
+their admiration was so evident, that June was rather pleased, and when
+he smiled and spoke to them in English, they bowed again and again, and
+he bowed back, then they all laughed.
+
+It was a terrible trial to June not to be able to ask questions. He was
+brimful of curiosity and everything he saw and heard had a dozen
+questions hanging to it. Usually Seki San supplied the answers but
+to-day Toro was in command, and while he was a very careful little
+guide, keeping tight hold of June's hand, pointing out all the
+interesting sights, and trying to explain by sign and gesture, still he
+did not know a single word of English.
+
+After passing through many gay streets they came to a tall red gate
+which June had come to recognize as the entrance to sacred ground. But
+inside it was not in the least like any churchyard he had ever seen. It
+was more like the outside of a circus where everything delightful was
+happening at once. On one side was a sandman making wonderful pictures
+on the ground with colored sand. First he made a background of fine
+white sand, then out of papers folded like cornucopias he formed small
+streams of black and red sand, skilfully tracing the line of a mountain,
+using a feather to make the waves of the sea, and a piece of silver
+money to form the great round moon, and before you knew it there was the
+very picture you had seen on fans and screens and tea-pots ever since
+you could remember, even down to the birds that were flying across the
+moon.
+
+Then there were jugglers and tight rope walkers, and sacred pigeons that
+lit on your head and shoulders and ate corn out of your hand. June
+thought he had never seen such greedy pigeons before. Two or three
+perched on his hand at once, and scolded and pushed each other, and even
+tried to eat the buttons off his blouse!
+
+Up the mountain side, flanked by rows of stone lanterns, ran a wide
+flight of steps and at the top was the gate-way to the temple itself. On
+either side were sort of huge cages, and in them the most hideous
+figures June had ever seen! They were fierce looking giants with
+terrible glass eyes and snarling mouths with all the teeth showing, just
+as the Ogre's did in the fairy tale. One was painted all over green, and
+the other was red, and they held out clutching fingers as if ready to
+pounce upon the passer-by. While June was looking at them and feeling
+rather glad that they were inside the cages, he saw two old men dressed
+in white, climb slowly up the steps and kneel before the statues. Bowing
+their heads to the earth and muttering prayers, they took from their
+belts some slips of paper, and after chewing them into wads began
+gravely to throw them at the fierce green demon behind the bars.
+
+June giggled with joy, this was something he could quite understand.
+Taking advantage of Toro's attention being distracted, he promptly began
+to make wads too, and before Toro could stop him he was vigorously
+pelting the scowling image. In an instant there was angry remonstrance
+and a group of indignant worshipers gathered around. Fortunately Seki
+San appeared on the scene in time to prevent trouble.
+
+"But I was only doing what the others did!" explained June indignantly.
+
+"It is no harm done," said Seki, reassuringly after a few words to those
+about her, "you not understand our strange ways. These are our Nio or
+temple guardians that frighten away the evil, bad spirits."
+
+"What makes the pilgrims throw at them, then?" asked June.
+
+"They throw prayers," answered Seki San very seriously, "they buy paper
+prayers from the old man at the gate, and throw them through the
+grating. If the prayer sticks, it is answered, if it falls down it is
+not answered. Come, I will show you!"
+
+They went very close, and looked through the bars; there on the grating,
+on the floor and even on the ceiling above them were masses of tiny
+paper wads, the unanswered prayers of departed thousands.
+
+"Well, three of mine stuck!" said June with satisfaction. "Do you
+suppose it's too late to make a prayer on them now?"
+
+Seki thought after considering the matter that it was not.
+
+"But I haven't got anything left to pray for!" said June, regretting the
+lost opportunity. "Father's getting well, and he and Mother are coming
+home, and I have got pretty near everything I want. I believe I'd like
+another fish though, and oh! yes, I want a little pug dog, jes' 'zactly
+like Tomi."
+
+"It's tiffin time," said Seki San, "and after that will be the
+fire-work."
+
+"In the day-time?" asked June.
+
+"Oh yes, very fine nice fire-work," said Seki.
+
+They left the temple grounds, and made their way up the river road,
+where everybody was having a tea-party out under the trees. Seki San
+secured a tiny table for them and they sat on their heels and ate rice
+out of a great white wooden bucket, and fluffy yellow omelet out of a
+round bowl, and the sunshine came dancing down through the dainty,
+waving bamboo leaves, and everybody was laughing and chattering and from
+every side came the click-clack of the wooden shoes, and the tinkle of
+samisens and the music of falling water.
+
+Suddenly Toro pulled June's sleeve and motioned excitedly to the
+road-way. Coming toward them in a jinrikisha, looking very pale and thin
+and with both arms in bandages, sat Monsieur.
+
+June broke away from Seki and raced after the jinrikisha. "Oh! Mister,"
+he cried, "Mr. Frenchman."
+
+Monsieur, hearing the English words, stopped his man and turned around.
+When he saw a very flushed little boy in blouse suit and a wide brimmed
+hat, he smiled.
+
+"Ah!" he cried, "my friend of the garden! My prince who found the
+Sleeping Beauty." Then he began to laugh so hard that it started up all
+his rheumatic pains, and he had to sink back and rest before he could
+speak again. "I am very bad since I saw you last," he said; "these dogs
+of Japanese will let me die here. One day in France will make me well. I
+may have it yet--I must get back some way--some way!" His eyes looked
+excitedly over June's head out into space as if trying to span the miles
+that lay between him and his beloved country.
+
+"My papa will take you home when he comes," said June; "he's a soldier."
+
+Monsieur shrugged his shoulders: "Your papa would not care _that_," he
+said, snapping his fingers; then seeing June's disappointment he added
+kindly, "But you--will you not come to see me? I will make you more
+forts, I will show you my goldfish."
+
+"Yes, I'll come," said June. "When?"
+
+But before Monsieur could answer, Seki had called June and the
+jinrikisha had started on its way.
+
+Late in the afternoon, as the revelers straggled home tired but happy,
+June slipped his hand into Seki's. The merry noises of the day had given
+place to the quiet chirp of the crickets and the drowsy croaking of the
+frogs, and the little breezes that stirred overhead sounded sleepy and
+far away.
+
+"Seki," said June, "I didn't make any prayer on that paper that stuck on
+the old giant's nose, do you think it too late?"
+
+"No," said Seki San, willing to humor him.
+
+"Well," said June sleepily, "I pray that the French gentleman will get
+back home."
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+
+ONE morning several weeks later, June was lying on his back in the
+garden wishing he had someone to play with. Toro was away at school and
+Seki San was having her hair dressed. He had watched the latter
+performance so many times that it had ceased to interest him. Seki would
+sit for hours on a white mat before the old hair-dresser who combed, and
+looped and twisted the long oily strands into butterfly bows of shining
+black.
+
+The only person on the premises who was at leisure was Tomi, but that
+was just the trouble, he was so much at leisure that he refused to stir
+from his warm spot on the sunny steps no matter how much June coaxed. To
+be sure there was a yellow cat next door, but she did not understand
+English as Tomi did, and when June called her, she humped her back and
+would have ruffled her tail if she had had one, but Japanese cats do not
+have tails, so when they get angry they always look disappointed.
+
+Just as June was getting a bit lonesome the postboy came trotting in
+with a letter for Seki San and June ran in to take it to her.
+
+"For me?" said Seki San, looking very comical with one loop of black
+hair hanging over her eye, "from Meester Carre? I sink it is a mistake,
+I do not know Meester Carre."
+
+"Read it," demanded June impatiently.
+
+"It say," went on Seki San slowly, "that Meester Carre is not able to
+write hisself but he desire the writer to ask me will I permit the
+little American boy to come to see him to-day. He is sick on the bed,
+and have the low spirit. He will keep safe care of the little boy and
+send him home what time I desire."
+
+"Oh, let me go, Seki! Please let me go!" cried June.
+
+"But who is Meester Carre?"
+
+"He is the Frenchman," said June. "He is a soldier and has got the
+rheumatism. He has goldfish too, and a sword. Oh Seki, please let me go!
+Oh, do let me go!"
+
+"Ah yes," said Seki, "one leg is shorter than the other leg and he walks
+with sticks, and he has long white whiskers on his lip, ah! yes, I
+know."
+
+"Can I go?" begged June.
+
+Seki San took a long while to think about it. She consulted her mother
+and the old man next door, and the doctor who lived at the corner, but
+by and by she came back and said he could go.
+
+"I will send you in good Tanaka's 'rikisha, he will take good care of
+you and bring you back at tiffin time."
+
+June was greatly excited over the prospect and stood unusually still
+while Seki San buttoned him into a starchy white blouse and pinned a
+scarlet flower in his buttonhole.
+
+"Can't I pin my flag on too?" he begged, and Seki, who could not bear to
+refuse him anything, fastened the bit of red, white and blue silk on the
+other side.
+
+"Now keep your body still," cautioned Seki San as she put him in the
+jinrikisha and gave final instructions to Tanaka who was bowing and
+grinning and bowing again, "Tanaka will wait for you, and you must come
+when he calls you. Be good little boy! _Sayonara!_"
+
+June had never felt so important in his life. To be going out all by
+himself in a jinrikisha was quite like being grown up. The only thing
+lacking to make him quite happy was a pair of reins that he might
+imagine he was driving a horse instead of a little brown man with fat
+bare legs and a big mushroom hat who looked around every few moments to
+see if he was falling out.
+
+They trotted along the sunny streets, passing the temple grounds where
+the green and red Nio made ugly faces all the day, and where the greedy
+pigeons were waiting for more corn. They passed over the long bridge,
+skirted the parade ground, then went winding in and out of narrow
+streets until they came to a stretch of country road that ran beside a
+moat.
+
+Here there was less to see and June amused himself by repeating the few
+Japanese words he had learned. "Ohayo" meant "good-morning," and it was
+great fun to call it out to the children they passed and see them bow
+and call back "Ohayo" in friendly greeting. He knew another word too, it
+was "Arigato," and it meant "thank you." He used it on Tanaka every time
+he stopped by the wayside to pluck a flower for him. Once when they
+rested June saw a queer old tree, with a very short body and very long
+arms that seemed to be seeing how far they could reach. June thought the
+tree must have the rheumatism, for it was standing on crutches, and had
+knots on its limbs just like Monsieur had on his fingers. But the
+strange part of it was that from nearly every branch fluttered a small
+strip of paper with something written on it. June had seen this before
+on other trees, and he remembered that Seki San had told him that these
+little papers were poems hung there when the tree was covered with
+cherry blossoms.
+
+Now June always wanted to do everything anybody else did, so when they
+started off again, he decided that he would make up a poem to hang on
+the tree as they came back. He knew one that he had learned from a big
+boy coming over on the steamer, and he said it over softly to himself:
+
+ "King Solomon was the wisest man;
+ He had some ready cash,
+ The Queen of Sheeny came along
+ And Solly made a mash."
+
+To be sure he didn't understand at all what it meant, but it sounded
+nice and funny and always made him laugh.
+
+"I'd like to make up one out of my own head though," he thought, and he
+sat so still that Tanaka glanced back uneasily.
+
+It was a very hard matter indeed, for when you write a poem you have to
+get two words that sound alike, and then find something to write about
+them. It took him so long that by the time he finished, the shaft of the
+jinrikisha came down with a jerk and he looked up to find that they had
+stopped in front of a house all smothered in vines, with two inquisitive
+little windows peering out like eyes behind a tangle of hair. Everything
+about the place looked poor and neglected.
+
+As June and Tanaka made their way up the path, June gave an exclamation
+of delight. There about the door were bowls and jars and basins of
+goldfish. Every available receptacle had been pressed into service, and
+big fish and tiny ones in every shade of radiant gold swam gaily about
+in the sunshine.
+
+It was such an engrossing sight that June almost forgot to go in and
+speak to Monsieur who lay in a bed, near the door.
+
+"Ah, at last," cried the sick man. "My little friend is welcome. There,
+sit in the chair. Though I am poor, I live like a gentleman. See, I have
+a bed and chairs and a table!"
+
+June looked about the shabby crowded room, at the dusty flag of France
+that was draped over the window, at the map of France that was pinned on
+the wall beside the bed, at the cheap pictures and ornaments and the
+soiled curtains, then he remembered Seki San's room, clean and sweet and
+airy with nothing in it but a vase of flowers.
+
+"I'd rather sit on the floor," he said as he took his seat beside the
+bed, adding immediately, "I can stay until twelve o'clock!"
+
+Tanaka had gone to take a bath after his warm run and to drink tea at
+the little tea-house across the road.
+
+Monsieur lay propped up in bed with his bandaged hands lying helpless on
+the cover-lid. But his eyes were soft and kind, and he had so many
+interesting things to talk about that June found him a most entertaining
+host. After he had shown June his sword and told a wonderful story about
+it, he returned to the goldfish.
+
+"Alas, there are but twenty-one now," he sighed. "Napoleon Bonaparte
+died on Sunday. Have you seen the Grand Monarch? He is the great
+shining fellow in the crystal bowl. Those smaller ones are his
+gentlemen-in-waiting. Here is Marie Antoinette, is she not most
+beautiful?"
+
+June was introduced to every one in turn and had endless questions to
+ask in regard to the story of each. Monsieur was the only person he had
+ever met who always had another story on hand. Everything suggested a
+story, a story was hidden in every nook and corner of Monsieur's brain,
+they fairly bubbled over in their eagerness to be told, and June was as
+greedy for more as the pigeons were greedy for corn, and he thought up
+new questions while the old ones were getting answered.
+
+Once Monsieur recited something in verse to him, and that reminded June
+of his own poem.
+
+"I made up one coming," he announced, "do you want to hear it?"
+
+Monsieur did. Monsieur was very fond of verse, so June recited it with
+evident pride:
+
+ "Oh Gee!" said the tree,
+ "It seems to me
+ That under my branches
+ I see a bee!"
+
+"Bravo!" said Monsieur, "you will be a poet and a soldier too!"
+
+"I'd like to write it down," said June, "so I can hang it on the tree."
+
+"To be sure, to be sure," said Monsieur, "you will find pen and ink in
+the table drawer. Not that!" he cried sharply as June took out a long
+sealed envelope. "Give that to me!"
+
+June handed the packet to Monsieur in some wonder and then continued his
+search.
+
+"Here's a corkscrew," he said, "and some neckties, and a pipe. Here's
+the pen! And may I use this fat tablet?"
+
+When the materials were collected, June stretched himself at full length
+on the floor and began the difficult task.
+
+"I never did write with a pen and ink afore," he confided to Monsieur,
+"you will have to tell me how to spell the big words."
+
+The room grew very silent and nothing was heard but the scratch, scratch
+of June's clumsy pen, and the occasional question which he asked. A
+strange change had come over Monsieur; his face, which had been so kind
+and friendly, grew hard and scheming. He had drawn himself painfully up
+on his elbow and was intently watching June's small fingers as they
+formed the letters. Presently he drew the long envelope from under his
+pillow and held it in his hand. It was a very fat envelope with a long
+row of stamps in one corner, but there was no address on it. Twice he
+put it back and shook his head, and twice he looked longingly at the map
+of France, and at the flag over the window, then he took it out again.
+
+"Will you write something for me now, at once?" he demanded in such a
+hard, quick voice that June looked up in surprise.
+
+"Another poem?" asked June.
+
+"No, a name and address on this envelope. Begin here and make the
+letters that I tell you. Capital M."
+
+"Do you like wiggles on your _M's?_" asked June, flattered by the
+request and anxious to please.
+
+"No matter," said Monsieur impatiently, "we must finish before twelve
+o'clock. Now--small o--"
+
+June put his tongue out, and hunching up his shoulders and breathing
+hard proceeded with his laborious work. It was hard enough to keep the
+lines from running uphill and the letters from growing bigger and
+bigger, but those difficulties were small compared to the task of
+guiding a sputtering, leaking pen. Once or twice he forgot and tried to
+rub out with the other end of it and the result was discouraging. When a
+period very large and black was placed after the final word, he handed
+the letter dubiously to Monsieur.
+
+"Does it spell anything?" he asked. Monsieur eagerly read the scrawling
+address. "Yes, yes," he answered, "now put it inside your blouse, so.
+When you get home wait until nobody is looking, then put it in the
+mail-box. Do you understand? When nobody is looking! Nobody must know,
+nobody must suspect, do you understand?"
+
+[Illustration: "'Does it spell anything?' June asked."]
+
+"Oh, I know, it's a secret!" cried June in delight. "I had a secret with
+mother for a whole week once. I wouldn't tell anything if I said I
+wouldn't, would you?"
+
+June was looking very straight at Monsieur, his round eyes shining with
+honesty, but Monsieur's eyes shifted uneasily.
+
+"I would never betray a trust," he said slowly, "if I were trusted. But
+they believed lies, they listened to tales that the beggarly Japanese
+carried. They have made me what I am."
+
+June was puzzled. "Who did?" he asked.
+
+But Monsieur did not heed him; he was breathing quickly and the
+perspiration stood out on his forehead.
+
+"And you will be very careful and let no one see you mail it," he asked
+eagerly, "and never, never speak of it to anybody?"
+
+"Course not," said June stoutly, "that wouldn't be like a soldier, would
+it? I am going to be a soldier, like you and Father, when I grow up."
+
+Monsieur shuddered: "No, not like me. I am no longer a soldier. I am a
+miserable wretch. I--I am not fit to live." His voice broke and he threw
+his arm across his eyes.
+
+June looked off into the farthest corner of the room and pretended not
+to see. He felt very sorry for Monsieur, but he could think of nothing
+to say. When he did speak he asked if goldfish had ears.
+
+When the noon gun sounded on the parade grounds, Tanaka came trotting to
+the door with his jinrikisha, smiling and bowing and calling softly:
+"Juna San! Juna San!"
+
+June gathered his treasures together, a new lead pencil, an old sword
+hilt, some brass buttons and, best of all, a tiny goldfish in a glass
+jar.
+
+"Good-bye," he said as he stood by the bed with his hands full, "I am
+coming back to-morrow if Seki will let me;" then a second thought struck
+him and he added, "I think you _look_ like a soldier anyhow."
+
+And Monsieur smiled, and stiffening his back lifted a bandaged hand in
+feeble salute.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+
+"SEKI SAN, have you got a big enderlope?" June asked the question from
+the door-step where he was sitting with his chin in his hand and a very
+worried look in his face.
+
+It was two days after his visit to Monsieur and the big letter was still
+buttoned in his blouse. He had started to mail it as soon as he reached
+home, but just as he was ready to drop it in the box, he discovered that
+every "s" turned the wrong way! It was a dreadful blow to his pride, for
+the rest of the address was quite imposing with big flourishing capitals
+that stood like generals over the small letters, and dots that would
+have surely put out all the "i's" had they fallen on them. He never
+could send Monsieur's letter with the "s's" looking backward, he must
+try to set them straight again.
+
+So, very carelessly, in order not to excite suspicion, he asked Seki for
+pen and ink. He had written many letters to his mother and father, but
+always in pencil, and Seki hesitated about giving him ink.
+
+She said: "Our ink not like your American ink, live and quick as water,
+it hard like paint. We not use pen, but brush like which you write
+pictures. I sink it more better you use pencil."
+
+But June insisted and when he gained his point, he carried the small box
+into the garden and took out his letter. The jar containing his goldfish
+was close by, so he dipped his stick of paint into the water and rubbed
+it vigorously on the paint box. At the last moment just as his brush was
+poised in the air, he had a moment of misgiving, "maybe 's's' do turn
+that way!" he said, but the brush full of paint was a temptation not to
+be resisted, so he took each little "s" by its tail and turned it inside
+out. The paper was soft and thin and took the ink like blotting paper.
+June watched with dismay as the lines spread into ugly blots, and when
+he tried to make the letters plainer he only made the blots bigger until
+they all seemed to join hands and go dancing over the envelope in
+fiendish glee at his discomfort.
+
+For two days he had tried to think of a way out of the difficulty but
+before he could find one he would get interested in something else and
+forget about the letter. It was only when it felt stiff inside of his
+blouse that he remembered, and then he would stop playing and try again
+to solve the problem. At last in desperation he appealed to Seki San for
+an envelope.
+
+"It is not so much big," she said, bringing out a long narrow envelope
+and a roll of paper. "Why you want to write such big letter to your
+mother? She coming home soon!"
+
+"It isn't big enough," said June fretfully, then an idea struck him.
+"Seki, I want to go see Monsieur to-day."
+
+Seki San sat down on the step beside him and shook her head positively:
+
+"No, no," she said, "not to-day, nor to-morrow, nor any day. He is not a
+good man, I made mistakes in letting you go."
+
+"He _is_ a good man!" cried June indignantly, "he told me stories, and
+gave me lots of things."
+
+"I tell you 'bout him, June," said Seki San. "One time Monsieur very
+skilful smart man in Tokyo. He write pictures of the forts and show the
+Japanese how to find coast in time of war. He know more plenty than
+anybody about the coast and the mines. Then he is not behave right, and
+get sent out of the service, and he get sick in the hands so he can make
+no more maps, and he come down here and live all alone by himself. That
+was long time ago, but yesterday a high up messenger come from Tokyo,
+and asked for Monsieur Carre. The Emperor have desire to buy his old
+maps and reports, and get his help in making new plans. When the
+messenger come, they say Monsieur fall back on the bed very white and
+afraid, and say he will not give up the papers. Then messenger say maybe
+he has sold his papers to a foreign country and he get very much angry,
+and say if Monsieur Carre do not give the papers in twenty-four hours,
+he will have him arrested and take him to Tokyo. Still Monsieur keep the
+tight lips, and a guard is waiting outside his house."
+
+With troubled eyes, June listened to every word. "_Did_ he sell the
+papers, Seki?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"He will not say," said Seki, "they say he will not say, but it was a
+bad, wicked act if he sold our secrets, and he may die for it!"
+
+June stirred restlessly, and the packet in his blouse caught in his
+belt. He put up his hand to straighten it, and as he did so, a startled
+look of inquiry passed over his face. Could those papers in the long
+envelope have anything to do with Monsieur's present trouble? Why had
+Monsieur not wanted him to tell? Had his mistake about the "s's"
+anything to do with it all? The secret, which at first had seemed such a
+mysterious and delightful possession, suddenly grew into a great and
+terrible burden that he longed to cast at Seki's feet and ask her to
+share.
+
+But the thought of telling what he knew never crossed his mind. He had
+given his word, and he felt that to break it would be to forfeit forever
+his chance of becoming a soldier. But something must be done, he must go
+to Monsieur and tell him the truth at once.
+
+"Seki," he said persuasively, "Monsieur is sick in bed, don't you think
+it would be nice for me to take him a little cake?"
+
+"You can not ever go there any more," repeated Seki San positively. "I
+did a mistakes in letting you go."
+
+In vain June pleaded, every argument that he could think of he brought
+to bear, but Seki was firm. By and by he began to cry, at first softly,
+begging between the sobs, then when he got angry he cried very loud and
+declared over and over that he would go.
+
+Seki San was amazed at his naughtiness. It was the first time since his
+mother left that she had known him to be disobedient. When persuasion
+and coaxing proved in vain, she carried him into the house and carefully
+closing the paper screens left him alone. Here he lay on the floor and
+cried louder than ever. Seki San and her mother and the old man next
+door stood on the outside and peeped through the cracks, gravely
+discussing the situation. Even Tomi sniffed uneasily, and gave sharp,
+unhappy barks.
+
+[Illustration: "They peeped through the cracks, gravely discussing the
+situation."]
+
+After ever and ever so long the cries grew fainter and gradually ceased,
+and Seki peeping around the screen whispered to the others to be very
+still as he was going to sleep.
+
+June lay quiet on his face, but he was not asleep. Once in a while he
+opened his eyes a very little and peeped out, then he closed them
+quickly and listened. By and by he heard Seki go back to her work, and
+the old man next door hobble across the garden. Inch by inch June
+crawled over the mats until he reached the screen, which he carefully
+slid back. After waiting for a few breathless minutes, he reached out
+and got his shoes from the door-step and put them on. Back of the house
+he could hear Seki singing at her work, and not six feet away Tomi lay
+snoozing in the sun. Softly and cautiously he slipped out of the house,
+across the strip of a garden where all the leaves seemed to be shaking
+their heads at him, through a narrow passageway, then out of the gate
+that divided the little world he knew from the vast unknown world that
+lay beyond.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+EVEN more than usually quiet and deserted was the narrow street. The
+noon sun glaring down on the town had sent everybody into the shade, and
+at first June attracted little attention as he trudged off in the
+direction of the parade grounds. He knew the way that far, for Toro
+often took him there to watch the men drill. Soldiers passed him now in
+twos and threes, looking very smart in their buff uniforms with swords
+clanking at their sides, and as they passed they laughed and turned to
+look curiously at the small foreign boy. In fact curious eyes were
+peering out of many of the open front shops, and mothers were even
+holding up their babies and pointing to the strange little person who
+was passing.
+
+Here and there children were dipping water with their hands from pails
+and sprinkling the dusty street, and when they saw June they paused and
+gazed open-mouthed, or shouted derisively: "Eijin! Eijin!" The whole
+world seemed strange and unfriendly, and even the sun tried to see how
+hot it could glare down on June's bare head.
+
+When he reached the parade ground, he stopped to rest, but no sooner had
+he sat down than a circle gathered around him, two jinrikisha men, four
+boys, a girl with a baby on her back and an old fish woman. There was no
+chatter, they were all too interested to talk, they just stood and
+looked and looked until June felt that their eyes were pins and that he
+was the cushion. After a while he turned to one of the men and said: "Do
+you know where Monsieur Carre lives?"
+
+They looked at each other and smiled. It was much as if a new bird had
+twittered a strange note, and one boy tried to imitate the sound and
+repeated "Carre lives?" to the great amusement of the rest.
+
+"Monsieur Carre!" went on June, getting angry, "he's a Frenchman. Don't
+you know where he lives?"
+
+"Where he lives?" mimicked the boy and they laughed more than ever. June
+was so angry by this time that he could not tell which he wanted most to
+do, to cry or to fight.
+
+Beyond him was a wilderness of criss-cross streets with strange eyes
+peering at him from every quarter. What if he should get lost and
+swallowed up for ever in this strange place where nobody knew him nor
+loved him nor spoke his language?
+
+Instinctively he looked back toward the way he had come. He had only to
+retrace his steps past the parade ground, hurry back in a straight line
+until he came to the big red gate that marked the entrance to the
+temple, and then turning to the right run breathlessly down the street
+to the little gate in the wall, and after that to throw himself into
+Seki's arms and tell her all his troubles!
+
+But what would become of Monsieur? It must be very dreadful to be sick
+in bed with a guard waiting to arrest you if you do not get some papers
+for him, papers which you do not possess. And if Monsieur was arrested
+he never would get back to France!
+
+All this flashed through June's mind as he sat under the pine tree,
+trying with all his might to keep the black eyes all around from seeing
+that he was about to cry. Just then a soldier went by holding himself
+very erect and looking neither to the left nor the right. Suddenly June
+remembered that soldiers did not cry, and with resolution he got up and
+turning his back to the temple gate and the parade grounds, he continued
+courageously on his way.
+
+Far in the distance he could see, high on a hill, the old castle which
+he knew he must pass before he should come to Monsieur's. There were
+many streets to be passed, and many obstacles to be overcome, for as
+June got further from home the curiosity concerning him increased. It
+was very warm and he was tired but he dared not sit down for he dreaded
+the gaping crowd and the curious eyes. By and by he came to the old moat
+which circled the castle, and as the road led out into the country, the
+boys who had followed him gradually fell back until he realized with joy
+that there were no more wooden shoes clattering after him.
+
+In the moat big lotus leaves floated on the water and working among them
+were coolies, naked, except for a loin cloth. They were too busy to take
+any notice of a strange little boy, so he sat on a rock under a tree for
+a long time and wondered how it would feel to be down there under the
+lily pads and the lotus leaves, and if the same hob-goblins and sprites
+that live under the sea did not sometimes come to play in the moats, and
+take moonlight rides on the big broad leaves?
+
+The sun which had beaten so fiercely on his head was slowly dropping
+toward the distant mountain when he started once more on his way, and a
+long shadow went beside him. The shadow was a great relief for it kept
+him company without staring at him. By and by even the shadow deserted
+him and he trudged along the country road following a vague impression
+that somewhere around the foot of the mountain Monsieur lived.
+
+It was very quiet and lonesome with only the crickets and the frogs
+talking to each other out there in the grasses, and June's feet were
+tired and his head ached and he was hungry. A big lump kept lodging in
+his throat no matter how often he swallowed. Now that the gray twilight
+was creeping on, all sorts of fears assailed him. Ever since he could
+remember Seki San had told him of the hob-goblins and gnomes that haunt
+the woodlands and mountains in Japan. There were the Tengu, half bird
+and half man, that play all sorts of mischievous pranks on the farmers,
+there was the "Three-eyed Friar," and the "White Woman" who wanders
+about in the snow, and worst of all was a bogie with horns, whose legs
+dwindled away to nothing at all, but whose body was very large and
+horrible with a long neck twisted like a snake.
+
+As he thought about it his heart began to thump, and he quickened his
+steps to a run. All the trees seemed to be reaching out clutching hands
+as he sped by, and the darkness kept creeping closer and closer. The
+sobs which he had held back so long came faster, and at last breathless
+and panic-stricken he sank exhausted by the roadside and waited in dumb
+terror for what might happen.
+
+Looking fearfully around he saw just above him a kind, white face
+peering out of the twilight. It was only a stone face, and it belonged
+to an image that was sitting cross-legged on a mossy stone, but June
+felt as if he had met a friend. Of all the gods and goddesses that Seki
+San had told him about, the one he knew best was Jizo, the friend of
+little children. The drooping figure, the gentle face, and the shaven
+head had become as familiar to him as the pictures of Santa Claus at
+home. He had met him in the temples, in the woods, on the river road, in
+big stone statues and little wooden ones, and now when he found him here
+in this lonesome night world, he felt a vague sense of relief and
+protection.
+
+Climbing up on the stone he fingered the pebbles that filled Jizo's lap,
+and touched the red cotton bib that was tied about his neck. He knew
+what it all meant for Seki San had told him many times. Jizo was the
+guardian of dead children, and the red bib and the pebbles had been
+placed there by mothers who wanted the kind god to look after their
+little babies who had passed away into another world. There were
+hundreds of pebbles about the statue, in its lap, about its hands and
+feet, and even on its bald head, and June was very careful not to
+disturb any of them. He wished he had something to give the good god,
+but he was too tired to go down and look for a pebble. He searched
+through his pockets but nothing seemed to suit. Finally he separated one
+object from the rest, and placed it gently in Jizo's upturned hand. It
+was the old sword hilt that Monsieur had given him.
+
+[Illustration: "It was the old sword-hilt that Monsieur had given him."]
+
+Then, because he was very sleepy and tired, and because he was afraid of
+the dark, he nestled down in the niche under Jizo's upraised arm, and
+all the hob-goblins and evil spirits slipped away, and the stars came
+out and the big white moon, and the monotonous droning of the crickets
+and frogs seemed to be Seki San humming him to sleep, and the stone
+figure against which he leaned seemed to sway toward him in the
+moonlight and the face changed to the gentlest, sweetest one he knew,
+and instead of the little pebbles on the head there was a crown of
+thorns.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+
+
+HOW long June slept there he did not know, but he was awakened by
+someone shaking his arm and holding a paper lantern close to his face.
+When he got his eyes open he found that it was a jinrikisha man and that
+he was talking to him in Japanese.
+
+"Where's Seki?" June asked, looking about him in bewilderment.
+
+The man shook his head and continued to talk excitedly in Japanese.
+
+"I want to go to Monsieur Carre's," said June very loud as if that would
+help the man to understand.
+
+"Wakarimasen," said the man.
+
+"Monsieur Carre!" shouted June, and again the man shook his head and
+said, "Wakarimasen."
+
+Over and over June repeated "Monsieur Carre," and pointed down the
+moonlit road. Finally in desperation he scrambled from his perch and
+seizing a stick thrust it under his arm like a crutch, then he humped
+his shoulders, drew down his brows, and limped along saying with a
+groan, "Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!" as he had heard Monsieur say it.
+
+In an instant the man clapped his hands and laughed. "Hai, Hai," he said
+and when the jinrikisha was wheeled about and June was invited to get
+in, you may be sure he lost no time in doing so. He even forgot to give
+a good-by look to Jizo, who sat smiling out into the moonlight with the
+little pebbles on his head.
+
+It was a wonderful ride, through the soft shiny darkness, with only the
+pitter patter of the kurumaya's sandals to break the silence. June,
+curled up on the seat, was not thinking of poor Seki San and her anxiety
+concerning him, neither was he thinking of the mother and father who
+would soon be coming to him over the sea, nor of Monsieur with the guard
+at his door. He was wondering if the stars were the moon's children, and
+who woke the sun up in the morning.
+
+And all the time a light at the foot of the hill was getting closer and
+closer, and before he knew it, they had stopped at the little brown
+house where the windows peeped through the vines.
+
+A voice spoke sharply in the darkness and before June could get down a
+man in uniform with a star on his breast, stopped him. The jinrikisha
+man seemed to be explaining and the soldier to be asking questions, and
+while they talked June sat very still with his heart beating furiously
+against the long envelope in his blouse.
+
+He was just as frightened as he had been back in the woods when the
+hob-goblins were after him, only it was different. Then he cried and ran
+away, now he was not thinking of himself at all, but of Monsieur who
+might have to go to prison and die if he should fail to get the papers
+to him.
+
+After what seemed to him hours of time, the guard evidently came to the
+conclusion that a sleepy little boy who had lost his way could do no
+harm, so he lifted him down and took him up the path.
+
+June was too full of anxiety even to glance at the goldfish as he passed
+them. He walked straight up the path and into the room where Monsieur
+lay. On the bed was an old man who looked as if he might have been
+Monsieur's father; his body seemed to have shrunk to half its size and
+his face was old and white and drawn. Only the eyes made June know that
+it was Monsieur himself, and the fierce startled look in them recalled
+the day he had stumbled over him in the Daimyo's garden.
+
+"I was coming to see you and I got lost," began June, but Monsieur held
+up a warning hand.
+
+"The guard will inform me in Japanese," he said so coldly that June
+wondered if he were angry with him.
+
+After a great deal of talk, the guard went away leaving June sitting
+half asleep on the floor with his head against the bed. In an instant
+Monsieur was leaning over him shaking his shoulder.
+
+"Tell me!" he demanded, "tell me quickly why did you come?"
+
+June rubbed his eyes and yawned; at first he could not remember, then it
+began to come back:
+
+"I made the 's's' the wrong way," he murmured, "and when I tried to fix
+them I spoiled your letter."
+
+"Yes, yes," cried Monsieur, now out of bed and on his knees before the
+child, "and you tore it up, you destroyed it?"
+
+June shook his head wearily, "It is inside here, but I can't undo the
+buttons."
+
+Monsieur's hands, bandaged though they were, found the packet and drew
+it eagerly forth. "Thank God! thank God!" he whispered, pressing the
+unbroken seal again and again to his lips.
+
+"Did I save your life?" asked June making a mighty effort to rouse
+himself, and enjoy his reward.
+
+"Not my life, boy; that did not matter; it is my honor you have saved,
+my honor." And Monsieur lay back upon the bed and sobbed like a little
+child.
+
+"He's coming!" warned June, and Monsieur had only sufficient time to
+wipe away the tears from his withered old cheeks before the guard
+returned with the jinrikisha man.
+
+After a consultation in Japanese, Monsieur said to June, "I have told
+the man how to take you home. They will be very anxious about you. You
+must start at once."
+
+"I'm hungry," said June, "I'd like some of those little crackers that
+you gave me before."
+
+The guard, obligingly following directions, produced a paper bag from
+the table drawer.
+
+"I wish they were animal crackers," said June, "I like to eat the
+elephant first, then he gets hungry and I have to eat the bear, then the
+bear gets hungry and I have to eat the pig, and the pig gets hungry and
+I have to eat the rabbit until there aren't any left in the bag."
+
+"You have not spoken to any one about the letter?" whispered Monsieur as
+he pretended to kiss June good-by.
+
+"'Course not!" declared June indignantly. "It's a secret!" Then as if
+remembering a lost opportunity he added: "Oh! you couldn't tell me a
+story, could you? Just a teeny weeny one?"
+
+"Not to-night," said Monsieur laughing, "why, it is eleven o'clock now.
+But to-morrow, next day, always when you come, the stories are waiting,
+all that my brain and heart can hold."
+
+And with this promise June was bound to be content.
+
+It was hard to believe that the way back was as long as the way he had
+come, for before he knew it the wall beside the moat appeared by the
+roadside, then the parade grounds dim and shadowy in the moonlight, then
+the crowded streets of the town. He did not know that he was the chief
+cause of the commotion, that for two hours parties of searchers had been
+hurrying along every road leading out of town, that people were telling
+where they had seen him last, and that anxious groups were looking over
+the low wall into the black waters of the moat.
+
+He only knew that from the moment he reached town a crowd followed his
+jinrikisha, that his kurumaya could scarcely push his way through the
+questioning throng, and that at last they stopped and a shout went up,
+the crowd parted, and through the opening dashed Seki San, her hair
+hanging limply about her face, her eyes full of joy, and her arms
+out-stretched.
+
+"Oh! My little boy darling!" she cried. "You have given me many
+troubles. Where you been, where did you go?"
+
+But June attempted no explanation; the papers were safe with Monsieur
+and he was safe with Seki San, and whether or not he had done right was
+too big a problem to wrestle with.
+
+After Seki had fed him and bathed him, and kissed his many bruises to
+make them well, he put his arms about her and gave her a long, hard hug.
+
+"I am awful sorry I had to run away," he said and Seki's English was not
+good enough to understand just what he meant.
+
+[Illustration: "Long after he was asleep she sat beside him."]
+
+Long after he was asleep she sat beside him on the floor, crying softly
+into her sleeve, and holding fast to his hand while she gave thanks not
+only to her new Christian God but to some of the heathen ones as well
+for sending him back to her.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER X
+
+
+LATE in the summer, when the tiny maple leaves were turning blood-red
+and the white lotus was filling every pond and moat, June and Seki San
+journeyed back to Yokohama. They were going to meet the big steamer that
+was on its way from China to America, and June was to join his mother
+and father and go back with them to California. He was so happy over the
+prospect that he could not sit still a minute, but kept hopping from one
+side of the car to the other and asking Seki more questions than she
+could possibly answer.
+
+"Do you s'pose my mother'll know me now I've got so fat? Has my father
+grown any since I saw him? Will he carry a sword? What do you s'pose
+they will bring me?" and so on until there were scarcely any questions
+left to be asked.
+
+"One more day," said Seki San sadly, "and Seki will have no more little
+boy to hold her sleeves behind and tease and tickle her under her necks.
+She will have a very, very lonely heart."
+
+June's merriment ceased for a moment and he looked serious. The fact
+that Seki could not go back with him had been a misfortune that he had
+not yet faced.
+
+"I'm going to get my father to come back for you next year," he said at
+last, "you and Tomi and Toro, and your mamma with the black teeth too.
+We will have a little Japanese house on the ranch, and Toro can ride my
+pony."
+
+But Seki shook her head and wiped her eyes.
+
+"You will go back to your dear, affectionate home," she said, "and be
+big mans when I see you once more. But I will hear your lovingest little
+boy voice down in my heart alway!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was a happy meeting the next day on the steamer when June actually
+saw his mother, and clung about her neck as if he would never let go
+again. Then he had to be taken up on the shelter deck and introduced to
+a strange, pale man reclining in a steamer chair, who they said was his
+father. At first it was a dreadful disappointment, and he submitted to
+being kissed with an effort. But when the man lifted one eyebrow and
+puckered his mouth into a funny shape, and said, "Why, Mr. Skeezicks,
+you haven't forgotten your old Pard?" a dark spot seemed suddenly to go
+out of June's mind and in its place was a memory of the jolliest,
+funniest playfellow he had ever had in his life. With a rush he was in
+his lap. "You used to tell me about the Indians," he cried accusingly,
+"I remember now. What became of Tiger Tooth and the little white child?"
+
+"We will have just fourteen days to tell stories," said Captain Royston.
+"I shall probably be a dumb man by the time we land in San Francisco.
+You must sit down here now and tell this little mother of yours the
+story of your life. Where did you get these red cheeks and fat legs?"
+
+And with Seki San sitting on the floor at their feet, and with a
+frequent hug from mother and many a laugh from father, the story of the
+summer was told.
+
+When the last launch brought the passengers out from the shore, who
+should come aboard but Monsieur Carre. He was regularly engaged in
+Government service at Tokyo now, and when he saw in the paper that
+Master Robert Rogers Royston, Junior, would join his parents and sail
+for America on the S. S. _Mongolia_, he made the short trip to Yokohama
+to say good-by.
+
+He was so dressed up that June scarcely recognized him. His white
+mustache was waxed until it stood out very straight, and his hair was
+parted all the way down the back. He still carried a heavy cane and
+limped when he walked, but his hands, though knotted and gnarled, were
+free from bandages.
+
+Captain and Mrs. Royston welcomed him cordially as a friend of June's
+and even Seki San, who still looked upon him with suspicion, was
+discreetly silent.
+
+"Are you going back to France?" asked June.
+
+"Next year," answered Monsieur. "I will have made sufficient money to go
+home, and then! Ah, Mon Dieu! I will never leave it again."
+
+"I will write you a letter," said June, adding slyly, "I'll be sure to
+make the 's's' turn the right way."
+
+Monsieur put his finger on his lips and June nodded understandingly.
+
+"What secret have you there?" asked Captain Royston.
+
+Monsieur put his hand on June's head, and looking straight in the
+Captain's eyes, he said:
+
+"Your boy will make a fine soldier; he has courage and honor, and he can
+keep a secret. I congratulate you!"
+
+Just then a gong sounded and the first officer ordered everybody who was
+going ashore to hurry. There was general bustle and confusion, June had
+a vague impression of Monsieur kissing him on both cheeks, and
+disappearing down the rope ladder, of Seki San kneeling before him while
+he clung to her neck and begged her not to leave him, then he was
+sitting on the railing, with Father's arm about him, and Mother holding
+one hand while with the other he waved good-by to the friends below.
+
+[Illustration: "June waved good-by to the friends below."]
+
+The little launch grew strangely blurred as it danced away over the
+water. June did not see the crowd on the deck, nor the pilot at the
+wheel, nor even the white and orange flag that floated from the mast. He
+was watching the pink rose in Seki's hair growing fainter and fainter in
+the distance.
+
+"And now," said Father, with decision, "I think it's about time to get
+busy with the Indians."
+
+
+
+
+ Transcriber Notes
+
+Passages in italics were indicated by _underscores_.
+
+Small caps were replaced with ALL CAPS.
+
+Throughout the dialogues, there were words used to mimic accents of the
+speakers. Those words were retained as-is.
+
+The illustrations have been moved so that they do not break up
+paragraphs and so that they are next the text they illustrate. Thus the
+page number of the illustration might not match the page number in the
+List of Illustrations, and the order of illustrations may not be the
+same in the List of Illustrations and in the book.
+
+Errors in punctuations and inconsistent hyphenation were not corrected
+unless otherwise noted below:
+
+On page 90, "chlidren" was replaced with "children".
+
+On page 116, a comma was placed after "with suspicion".
+
+On page 116, the single quotation mark after "leave it again." was
+replaced with a double quotation mark.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Captain June, by Alice Hegan Rice
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CAPTAIN JUNE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38228.txt or 38228.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/2/2/38228/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Ernest Schaal, and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38228.zip b/38228.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e9a091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38228.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af4729e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #38228 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38228)